grepcent / static financial knowledge base

JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC. (WLY)

CIK: 0000107140. SIC: 2731 Books: Publishing or Publishing & Printing. Latest 10-K as of: 2026-06-24.

SIC breadcrumb: Manufacturing > SIC Major Group 27 > SIC 2731 Books: Publishing or Publishing & Printing

SEC company page: https://www.sec.gov/edgar/browse/?CIK=107140. Latest filing source: 0001628280-26-045111.

Informational only - descriptive public-record data, not investment advice.

Business

Read WLY's verbatim Item 1 Business section from its latest 10-K: Business.

Risk Factors

Read WLY's verbatim Item 1A Risk Factors from its latest 10-K: Risk Factors.

Selected Fundamentals

MetricValueUnitFYFiled
Revenue1,676,528,000USD20262026-06-24
Net income221,617,000USD20262026-06-24
Assets2,591,818,000USD20262026-06-24

Financials

Annual standardized facts from SEC companyfacts as of latest extracted filing date 2026-06-24. Source: https://data.sec.gov/api/xbrl/companyfacts/CIK0000107140.json. Derived margins, ratios, and free cash flow are computed from the extracted annual SEC facts.

Download these verified figures (annual + quarterly, with per-value filing provenance): JSON · CSV

Flow metrics use full-year FY periods from 10-K/10-K/A filings; balance-sheet metrics use FY-end instants. Free cash flow = operating cash flow - capital expenditures. Missing metrics are omitted rather than fabricated.

Metric2017201820192020202120222023202420252026
Revenue1,718,530,0001,796,103,0001,800,069,0001,831,483,0001,941,501,0002,082,928,0002,019,900,0001,872,987,0001,677,609,0001,676,528,000
Net income113,643,000192,186,000168,263,000-74,287,000148,256,000148,309,00017,233,000-200,319,00084,161,000221,617,000
Operating income211,470,000231,461,000223,989,000-54,287,000185,511,000219,276,00055,890,00052,261,000221,409,000276,859,000
Diluted EPS1.953.322.91-1.322.632.620.31-3.651.534.16
Operating cash flow314,903,000382,322,000250,831,000288,435,000359,923,000339,100,000277,071,000207,638,000202,591,000260,519,000
Capital expenditures105,058,000114,225,00077,167,00088,593,00077,407,00088,843,00081,155,00076,080,00061,473,00051,166,000
Dividends paid71,545,00073,542,00075,752,00076,658,00076,938,00077,205,00077,298,00076,964,00076,101,00074,358,000
Share buybacks50,326,00039,688,00059,994,00046,589,00015,765,00030,000,00035,000,00045,050,00060,421,000100,082,000
Assets2,606,217,0002,839,451,0002,948,766,0003,168,794,0003,446,439,0003,361,695,0003,108,810,0002,725,495,0002,691,466,0002,591,818,000
Liabilities1,603,080,0001,648,894,0001,767,419,0002,235,170,0002,355,148,0002,219,426,0002,063,783,0001,985,779,0001,939,260,0001,743,576,000
Stockholders' equity1,003,137,0001,190,557,0001,181,347,000933,624,0001,091,291,0001,142,269,0001,045,027,000739,716,000752,206,000848,242,000
Cash and cash equivalents58,516,000169,773,00092,890,000202,464,00093,795,000100,397,000106,714,00083,249,00085,882,00075,622,000
Free cash flow209,845,000268,097,000173,664,000199,842,000282,516,000250,257,000195,916,000131,558,000141,118,000209,353,000

Ratios

ROE and ROA use period-end equity/assets. Liabilities / equity uses total liabilities divided by stockholders' equity. Current ratio uses current assets divided by current liabilities when both are reported.

Metric2017201820192020202120222023202420252026
Net margin6.61%10.70%9.35%-4.06%7.64%7.12%0.85%-10.70%5.02%13.22%
Operating margin12.31%12.89%12.44%-2.96%9.56%10.53%2.77%2.79%13.20%16.51%
Return on equity11.33%16.14%14.24%-7.96%13.59%12.98%1.65%-27.08%11.19%26.13%
Return on assets4.36%6.77%5.71%-2.34%4.30%4.41%0.55%-7.35%3.13%8.55%
Liabilities / equity1.601.381.502.392.161.941.972.682.582.06
Current ratio0.460.550.570.660.530.570.600.520.540.54

Financial Bridges

Waterfall figures reconcile reported SEC companyfacts components. Missing bridges are omitted when required components are not present for the same fiscal year.

Free cash flow = operating cash flow - capital expenditures

WLY FY2026 free cash flow bridge from reported figures.WLY FY2026 free cash flow bridge from reported figures.WLY free cash flow bridgeFY2026: operating cash flow less capital expendituresSource: SEC companyfacts FY2026.Free cash flow bridgeReported amount$0.0B$250.0M$500.0M$260.5MOperating cash flow-$51.2MCapex$209.4MFree cash flow

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts FY 2026. Operating cash flow: accession 0001628280-26-045111; concept NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities; source concepts us-gaap:NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities | Capital expenditures: accession 0001628280-26-045111; concept PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment; source concepts us-gaap:PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment | Free cash flow: accession 0001628280-26-045111; concept NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities - PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment; source concepts us-gaap:NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities; us-gaap:PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment

Financial Charts

WLY revenue, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2026.WLY revenue, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2026.WLY RevenueLatest point: FY2026 = $1.7BSource: SEC companyfacts FY2026.Fiscal yearReported revenue$0.0B$2.0B$4.0BFY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025FY2026

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-04-30; accession 0001628280-26-045111; filed 2026-06-24. Concept: RevenueFromContractWithCustomerExcludingAssessedTax. Source concepts: us-gaap:RevenueFromContractWithCustomerExcludingAssessedTax.

WLY net income, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2026.WLY net income, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2026.WLY Net incomeLatest point: FY2026 = $221.6MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2026.Fiscal yearNet income-$250.0M$0.0B$500.0MFY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025FY2026

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-04-30; accession 0001628280-26-045111; filed 2026-06-24. Concept: NetIncomeLoss. Source concepts: us-gaap:NetIncomeLoss.

WLY operating income, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2026.WLY operating income, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2026.WLY Operating incomeLatest point: FY2026 = $276.9MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2026.Fiscal yearOperating income$0.0B$250.0M$500.0MFY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025FY2026

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-04-30; accession 0001628280-26-045111; filed 2026-06-24. Concept: OperatingIncomeLoss. Source concepts: us-gaap:OperatingIncomeLoss.

WLY diluted eps, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2026.WLY diluted eps, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2026.WLY Diluted EPSLatest point: FY2026 = $4.16/shareSource: SEC companyfacts FY2026.Fiscal yearDiluted EPS (USD/share)-$4.00/share$0.00/share$6.00/shareFY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025FY2026

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-04-30; accession 0001628280-26-045111; filed 2026-06-24. Concept: EarningsPerShareDiluted. Source concepts: us-gaap:EarningsPerShareDiluted.

WLY operating cash flow, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2026.WLY operating cash flow, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2026.WLY Operating cash flowLatest point: FY2026 = $260.5MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2026.Fiscal yearOperating cash flow$0.0B$250.0M$500.0MFY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025FY2026

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-04-30; accession 0001628280-26-045111; filed 2026-06-24. Concept: NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities. Source concepts: us-gaap:NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities.

WLY capital expenditures, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2026.WLY capital expenditures, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2026.WLY Capital expendituresLatest point: FY2026 = $51.2MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2026.Fiscal yearCapital expenditures$0.0B$125.0M$250.0MFY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025FY2026

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-04-30; accession 0001628280-26-045111; filed 2026-06-24. Concept: PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment. Source concepts: us-gaap:PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment.

WLY dividends paid, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2026.WLY dividends paid, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2026.WLY Dividends paidLatest point: FY2026 = $74.4MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2026.Fiscal yearDividends paid$0.0B$125.0M$250.0MFY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025FY2026

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-04-30; accession 0001628280-26-045111; filed 2026-06-24. Concept: PaymentsOfDividendsCommonStock. Source concepts: us-gaap:PaymentsOfDividendsCommonStock.

WLY share buybacks, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2026.WLY share buybacks, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2026.WLY Share buybacksLatest point: FY2026 = $100.1MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2026.Fiscal yearShare buybacks$0.0B$125.0M$250.0MFY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025FY2026

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-04-30; accession 0001628280-26-045111; filed 2026-06-24. Concept: PaymentsForRepurchaseOfCommonStock. Source concepts: us-gaap:PaymentsForRepurchaseOfCommonStock.

WLY assets, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2026.WLY assets, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2026.WLY AssetsLatest point: FY2026 = $2.6BSource: SEC companyfacts FY2026.Fiscal yearAssets$0.0B$2.0B$4.0BFY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025FY2026

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-04-30; accession 0001628280-26-045111; filed 2026-06-24. Concept: Assets. Source concepts: us-gaap:Assets.

WLY liabilities, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2026.WLY liabilities, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2026.WLY LiabilitiesLatest point: FY2026 = $1.7BSource: SEC companyfacts FY2026.Fiscal yearLiabilities$0.0B$2.0B$4.0BFY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025FY2026

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-04-30; accession 0001628280-26-045111; filed 2026-06-24. Concept: Liabilities. Source concepts: us-gaap:Liabilities.

WLY stockholders' equity, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2026.WLY stockholders' equity, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2026.WLY Stockholders' equityLatest point: FY2026 = $848.2MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2026.Fiscal yearStockholders' equity$0.0B$1.0B$2.0BFY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025FY2026

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-04-30; accession 0001628280-26-045111; filed 2026-06-24. Concept: StockholdersEquity. Source concepts: us-gaap:StockholdersEquity.

WLY cash and cash equivalents, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2026.WLY cash and cash equivalents, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2026.WLY Cash and cash equivalentsLatest point: FY2026 = $75.6MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2026.Fiscal yearCash and cash equivalents$0.0B$125.0M$250.0MFY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025FY2026

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-04-30; accession 0001628280-26-045111; filed 2026-06-24. Concept: CashAndCashEquivalentsAtCarryingValue. Source concepts: us-gaap:CashAndCashEquivalentsAtCarryingValue.

WLY free cash flow, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2026.WLY free cash flow, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2026.WLY Free cash flowLatest point: FY2026 = $209.4MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2026.Fiscal yearFree cash flow$0.0B$250.0M$500.0MFY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025FY2026

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-04-30; accession 0001628280-26-045111; filed 2026-06-24. Concept: NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities - PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment. Source concepts: us-gaap:NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities; us-gaap:PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment.

Quarterly

Quarterly standardized facts from SEC companyfacts as of latest extracted filing date 2026-06-24. Source: https://data.sec.gov/api/xbrl/companyfacts/CIK0000107140.json.

Flow metrics use discrete quarter-length periods from 10-Q/10-Q/A filings. Q4 revenue and net income are derived only when annual FY and nine-month YTD facts exist for the same fiscal year; derived Q4 values are labeled. EPS Q4 is not derived.

QuarterEnd DateRevenueNet IncomeDiluted EPSMethod
2023-Q12022-07-31-0.32reported discrete quarter
2023-Q22022-10-310.68reported discrete quarter
2023-Q32023-01-31-1.29reported discrete quarter
2024-Q12023-07-31451,013,000-92,264,000-1.67reported discrete quarter
2024-Q22023-10-31492,808,000-19,445,000-0.35reported discrete quarter
2024-Q32024-01-31460,705,000-113,875,000-2.08reported discrete quarter
2024-Q42024-04-30468,461,00025,265,000derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD
2025-Q12024-07-31403,809,000-1,436,000-0.03reported discrete quarter
2025-Q22024-10-31426,595,00040,458,0000.74reported discrete quarter
2025-Q32025-01-31404,626,000-22,954,000-0.43reported discrete quarter
2025-Q42025-04-30442,579,00068,093,000derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD
2026-Q12025-07-31396,800,00011,700,0000.22reported discrete quarter
2026-Q22025-10-31421,751,00044,891,0000.84reported discrete quarter
2026-Q32026-01-31410,036,00029,679,0000.56reported discrete quarter
2026-Q42026-04-30447,941,000135,347,000derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD

Quarterly Charts

WLY quarterly revenue, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q4.WLY quarterly revenue, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q4.WLY Quarterly RevenueLatest point: 2026-Q4 = $447.9MSource: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q4.Fiscal quarterQuarterly Revenue$0.0B$250.0M$500.0M2024-Q12024-Q22024-Q32024-Q42025-Q12025-Q22025-Q32025-Q42026-Q12026-Q22026-Q32026-Q4

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-04-30; accession 0001628280-26-045111; filed 2026-06-24. Concept: RevenueFromContractWithCustomerExcludingAssessedTax. Source concepts: us-gaap:RevenueFromContractWithCustomerExcludingAssessedTax.

WLY quarterly net income, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q4.WLY quarterly net income, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q4.WLY Quarterly Net incomeLatest point: 2026-Q4 = $135.3MSource: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q4.Fiscal quarterQuarterly Net income-$250.0M$0.0B$250.0M2024-Q12024-Q22024-Q32024-Q42025-Q12025-Q22025-Q32025-Q42026-Q12026-Q22026-Q32026-Q4

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-04-30; accession 0001628280-26-045111; filed 2026-06-24. Concept: NetIncomeLoss. Source concepts: us-gaap:NetIncomeLoss.

WLY quarterly diluted eps, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q3.WLY quarterly diluted eps, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q3.WLY Quarterly Diluted EPSLatest point: 2026-Q3 = $0.56/shareSource: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q3.Fiscal quarterQuarterly Diluted EPS (USD/share)-$4.00/share$0.00/share$1.50/share2023-Q12023-Q22023-Q32024-Q12024-Q22024-Q32025-Q12025-Q22025-Q32026-Q12026-Q22026-Q3

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-01-31; accession 0000107140-26-000012; filed 2026-03-06. Concept: EarningsPerShareDiluted. Source concepts: us-gaap:EarningsPerShareDiluted.

Macro Cross-References

Latest quarter (10-Q)

Latest 10-Q source: 0000107140-26-000012.

Extracted structurally from real Item 2 body heading to real Item 3/4 boundary. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2026-03-06. Report date: 2026-01-31.

ITEM 2. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The information in our Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (MD&A) should be read together with our Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes set forth in Item 1 of Part I of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, our MD&A set forth in Item 7 of Part II of our 2025 Form 10-K and our Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes set forth in Item 8 of Part II of our 2025 Form 10-K. See Part II, Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” below and “Cautionary Notice Regarding Forward-Looking Statements “Safe Harbor” Statement under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995,” above, and the information referenced therein, for a description of risks that we face and important factors that we believe could cause actual results to differ materially from those in our forward-looking statements. All amounts and percentages are approximate due to rounding and all dollars are in thousands, except per share amounts or where otherwise noted. When we cross-reference to a “Note,” we are referring to our “Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements,” unless the context indicates otherwise.

OVERVIEW

Wiley is a global leader in authoritative content and research intelligence for the advancement of scientific discovery, innovation, and learning. The Company’s content, services, platforms, and knowledge networks are tailored to meet the evolving needs of its customers and partners, including researchers, students, instructors, professionals, institutions, and corporations. Wiley is a predominantly digital company with over 83% of its Adjusted Revenue for the year ended April 30, 2025 generated by digital products and services. For the year ended April 30, 2025, 48% of Adjusted Revenue is recurring which includes revenue that is contractually obligated or set to recur with a high degree of certainty. See below for the reconciliation of consolidated Revenue to Adjusted Revenue.

We report financial information for the following segments, as well as a Corporate category, which includes certain costs that are not allocated to the reportable segments:

•Research includes the reporting lines of Research Publishing and Research Solutions;

•Learning includes the Academic and Professional reporting lines and consists of publishing, courseware, and assessments.

Wiley also reported a Held for Sale or Sold segment in fiscal year 2025, which primarily includes non-core businesses which were classified as held-for-sale until the date of sale, as well other businesses which were sold.

Through the Research segment, we provide peer-reviewed scientific, technical, and medical (STM) journals, content platforms, and related publishing and audience solutions to academic, corporate, and government customers, academic societies, and individual researchers. The Learning segment provides scientific, professional, and education print and digital books to researchers, professionals, and students, digital courseware for instructors and students, and assessment services to businesses and professionals.

Wiley’s business strategies are tightly aligned with consistent long-term growth trends, including ever-increasing global research and development (R&D) investment, leading to growth in scientific research output and the number of institutions and researchers worldwide. These strategies include expanding our publishing program and journal portfolio to meet the global demand for peer-reviewed research, driving additional value in our subscription-based models for universities and corporations, volume-based models for open access, content licensing opportunities for applications in science and innovation, and content platform and service offerings for corporations and societies. Learning strategies include selectively scaling high-value digital content, courseware, and assessments to meet targeted opportunities in education and professional development.

36

INDEX

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS – THREE MONTHS ENDED JANUARY 31, 2026

THIRD QUARTER SUMMARY

•US GAAP Results: Consolidated Revenue of $410.0 million (+1%, compared with the prior year), Operating Income of $62.8 million (+21%, compared with the prior year), and Diluted Earnings per Share of $0.56 (+$0.99, compared with the prior year diluted loss per share).

•Adjusted Results at Constant Currency:

◦Beginning in the third quarter of fiscal year 2026, our adjusted results at constant currency no longer include any contributions from the Held for Sale or Sold segment in either the current or prior year periods. As a result, the comparative figures for both periods are now presented on a consistent basis, fully excluding the Held for Sale or Sold segment results.

◦Revenue of $410.0 million (consistent with the prior year), Adjusted Operating Income of $69.8 million (+22%, compared with the prior year), Adjusted EBITDA of $105.4 million (+12%, compared with the prior year), and Adjusted EPS of $0.97 (+19%, compared with the prior year).

CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Revenue:

Revenue for the three months ended January 31, 2026 increased $5.4 million, or 1%, as compared with the prior year. On a constant currency basis, revenue was consistent with the prior year. Artificial intelligence (AI) license revenue was $7.3 million for the three months ended January 31, 2026 as compared with $9 million in the prior year. The period to period comparability of AI license revenue can fluctuate due to timing and the nature of the underlying content.

See the “Segment Operating Results” below for additional details on each segment’s revenue and Adjusted EBITDA performance.

Cost of Sales:

Cost of sales for the three months ended January 31, 2026 of $107.8 million increased $3.6 million, or 3% as compared with the prior year. On a constant currency basis, cost of sales increased 2% as compared with the prior year primarily due to higher royalty costs, partially offset by lower inventory costs.

Operating and Administrative Expenses:

Operating and administrative expenses for the three months ended January 31, 2026 of $219.1 million decreased $10.9 million, or 5% as compared with the prior year. On a constant currency basis, operating and administrative expenses decreased 7%. This decline was primarily due to restructuring and cost savings initiatives resulting in lower employee costs, and professional fees. This was partially offset by higher bad debt expense.

Restructuring and Related Charges:

We recorded restructuring and related charges in the three months ended January 31, 2026 and 2025 of $7.1 million and $5.6 million, respectively. These charges are reflected in Restructuring and related charges on our Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Net Income (Loss).

Global Restructuring Program

Beginning in fiscal year 2023, the Company initiated the Global Restructuring Program which was expanded in fiscal year 2024 to include those actions that will focus Wiley on its leading global position in the development and application of new knowledge and drive greater profitability, growth, and cash flow. We will focus on our strongest and most profitable businesses and large market opportunities in Research and Learning, as well as streamline our organization and rightsize our cost structure to reflect these portfolio actions. Under this program, we reduced our real estate square footage occupancy by approximately 35%.

37

INDEX

In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2025, the program was further extended due to the completion of our divestitures with a focus on optimizing our cost structure, with particular emphasis on aligning our technology costs and other corporate expenses. As a result of these initiatives, this expanded program will include severance related charges, facility-related costs associated with certain properties, and other activities.

Excluding actions related to the Held for Sale or Sold segment, we anticipate to yield annualized cost savings of approximately $125 million, with approximately $110 million of that to be realized in fiscal year 2026 from actions taken starting in fiscal year 2024.

For the three months ended January 31, 2026 and 2025, we recorded pretax restructuring charges of $7.1 million and $5.6 million, respectively, related to this program.

See Note 9, “Restructuring and Related Charges” for more details on the Global Restructuring Program charges.

Business Optimization Program

For both the three months ended January 31, 2026 and 2025, we recorded net pretax restructuring credits of less than $(0.1) million related to this program.

See Note 9, “Restructuring and Related Charges” for more details on the Business Optimization Program credits.

For the impact of our restructuring programs on diluted earnings (loss) per share, see the section below, “Diluted Earnings (Loss) per Share.”

Amortization of Intangible Assets:

Amortization of intangible assets was $13.3 million for the three months ended January 31, 2026, an increase of $0.3 million, or 2%, as compared with the prior year. On a constant currency basis, amortization of intangible assets decreased 1% as compared with the prior year primarily due to the completion of amortization of certain acquired intangible assets, partially offset by the amortization expense related to acquired definite lived intangible assets, including those acquired as part of an acquisition.

Operating Income, Adjusted Operating Income (OI) and Adjusted EBITDA:

Operating income for the three months ended January 31, 2026 of $62.8 million increased $10.9 million, or 21% as compared with the prior year. On a constant currency basis, operating income increased 21% as compared with the prior year. The increase was primarily due to lower operating and administrative expenses, partially offset by higher cost of sales, and restructuring charges.

Adjusted OI and Adjusted EBITDA on a constant currency basis for the three months ended January 31, 2026 increased 22% and 12%, respectively, as compared with the prior year. These increases were primarily due to lower operating and administrative expenses, partially offset by an increase in costs of sales.

Adjusted OI

Below is a reconciliation of our consolidated US GAAP Operating Income to Non-GAAP Adjusted OI:

Three Months Ended January 31,
20262025
US GAAP Operating Income$62,758$51,831
Adjustments:
Restructuring and related charges7,0575,574
Non-GAAP Adjusted OI$69,815$57,405

38

INDEX

Adjusted EBITDA

Below is a reconciliation of our consolidated US GAAP Net Income (Loss) to Non-GAAP EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA:

Three Months Ended January 31,
20262025
Net Income (Loss)$29,679$(22,954)
Interest expense11,49014,027
Provision for income taxes14,71741,627
Depreciation and amortization35,59236,474
Non-GAAP EBITDA91,47869,174
Restructuring and related charges7,0575,574
Net foreign exchange transaction losses5,1874,222
Net loss on sale of businesses, assets, and impairment charges related to assets held-for-sale16115,930
Other expense (income), net1,524(1,021)
Non-GAAP Adjusted EBITDA$105,407$93,879

Interest Expense:

Interest expense for the three months ended January 31, 2026 was $11.5 million compared with the prior year of $14.0 million. This decrease was primarily due to a lower weighted average effective interest rate and, to a lesser extent, a decrease in the total debt outstanding.

Net Foreign Exchange Transaction (Losses):

Net foreign exchange transaction losses of $(5.2) million for the three months ended January

[Excerpt truncated for page length; source filing is linked above.]

Latest 10-K MD&A

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2026-06-24. Report date: 2026-04-30.

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The information in our Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (MD&A) should be read together with our Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes set forth in Part II, Item 8, as well as the discussion included in Part I, Item 1, “Business,” “Cautionary Notice Regarding Forward-Looking Statements “Safe Harbor” Statement under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995” and “Non-GAAP Financial Measures,” along with Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. All amounts and percentages are approximate due to rounding and all dollars are in thousands, except per share amounts or where otherwise noted. When we cross-reference to a “Note,” we are referring to our “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,” in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” unless the context indicates otherwise.

Overview

Wiley is a global leader in authoritative content and research intelligence for the advancement of scientific discovery, innovation, and learning. The Company’s content, services, platforms, and knowledge networks are tailored to meet the evolving needs of its customers and partners, including institutions, societies, corporations, researchers, students, instructors, and other professionals. Wiley is a predominantly digital company with 85% of its revenue for the year ended April 30, 2026, generated by digital products and services. For the year ended April 30, 2026, 48% of revenue is recurring which includes revenue that is contractually obligated or set to recur with a high degree of certainty.

We report financial information for the following reportable segments, as well as a Corporate category, which includes certain costs that are not allocated to the reportable segments:

•Research includes the reporting lines of Research Publishing and Research Solutions;

•Learning includes the Academic and Professional reporting lines and consists of publishing, courseware, and assessments.

Wiley also reported a Held for Sale or Sold segment in the years ended April 30, 2025 and 2024, which primarily included non-core businesses which were classified as held-for-sale until the date of sale, as well as other businesses which were sold. Through the Research segment, we provide peer-reviewed STM journals, content platforms, and related publishing and audience solutions to academic, corporate, and government customers, academic societies, and individual researchers. The Learning segment provides scientific, professional, and education print and digital books to researchers, professionals, and students, digital courseware for instructors and students, and assessment services to businesses and professionals.

Wiley’s business strategies are tightly aligned with consistent long-term growth trends, including (1) ever-increasing global R&D investment and researcher productivity gains from AI, leading to growth in scientific research output and the number of institutions and researchers worldwide, and (2) the ever-increasing need for authoritative content to fuel AI models and applications. These strategies include expanding our publishing program and journal portfolio to meet the global demand for peer-reviewed research, driving additional value in our subscription-based models for universities and corporations, volume-based models for open access, content licensing opportunities for applications in AI and data analytics, and content platform and service offerings for corporations and societies. AI and data analytics is our emerging growth engine, leveraging our proprietary content, data, and partnership ecosystem for corporate models and applications. Learning strategies include selectively scaling high-value digital content, courseware, and assessments to meet targeted opportunities in education and professional development.

On June 1, 2026, subsequent to the end of fiscal year 2026, we acquired Emerald Publishing for £337.5 million (approximately $452 million), funded with available cash and proceeds from our revolving credit facility. Emerald Publishing is a research publisher headquartered in Leeds, England, with a portfolio of over 480 peer-reviewed journals, 8,000 books, and 3,000 business cases across disciplines with particular emphasis on economics, business, finance, engineering, and the social sciences. The acquisition was made to extend our scale in our Research business and to strengthen our proprietary content advantage in AI. See Note 21, "Subsequent Event" for further details.

28

Index

Consolidated Results of Operations

FISCAL YEAR 2026 AS COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR 2025 SUMMARY RESULTS

SUMMARY

•US GAAP Results: Revenue of $1,676.5 million (consistent with the prior year), Operating income of $276.9 million (+25% compared with the prior year), and Diluted Earnings per Share of $4.16 (+$2.63 compared with the prior year).

•Adjusted Results at Constant Currency (excluding Held for Sale or Sold segment results): Adjusted Revenue of $1,676.5 million (consistent with the prior year), Adjusted Operating Income of $296.2 million (+18%, compared with the prior year), Adjusted EBITDA of $439.6 million (+10% compared with the prior year), and Adjusted EPS of $4.19 (+15% compared with the prior year).

•Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities of $260.5 million (+$57.9 million compared with the prior year), and Free Cash Flow Less Product Development Spending of $195.3 million (+$69.5 million compared with the prior year).

Revenue:

Revenue for the year ended April 30, 2026, decreased $1.1 million, essentially flat compared with the prior year. On a constant currency basis, revenue decreased 1% as compared with the prior year. Excluding the revenues from the Held for Sale or Sold segment, Adjusted Revenue was consistent with the prior year on a constant currency basis.

AI license revenue was $49.1 million in the year ended April 30, 2026 compared to $40 million in the prior year. The AI license revenue in the year ended April 30, 2026 includes $19.4 million of revenue related to content which Wiley has licensed from other publishers. The period to period comparability of AI license revenue can fluctuate due to timing and the nature of the underlying content.

Adjusted Revenue

Below is a reconciliation of our consolidated US GAAP Revenue, net to Non-GAAP Adjusted Revenue, net:

Year Ended April 30,
20262025
US GAAP Revenue, net$1,676,528$1,677,609
Less: Held for Sale or Sold segment(17,382)
Non-GAAP Adjusted Revenue, net$1,676,528$1,660,227

See the “Segment Operating Results” below for additional details on each segment’s revenue and Adjusted EBITDA performance.

Cost of Sales:

Cost of sales for the year ended April 30, 2026, of $431.5 million, increased $0.1 million, and was consistent with the prior year. On a constant currency basis, cost of sales decreased 1% as compared with the prior year. This was primarily due to lower inventory costs primarily in Learning and, to a lesser extent, the prior year including employee costs primarily related to the Wiley Edge business which was sold on May 31, 2024. These factors were partially offset by higher royalty costs.

Excluding the cost of sales from the Held for Sale or Sold segment, cost of sales increased 1% on a constant currency basis primarily due to higher royalty costs which includes higher royalty on AI license revenue from content licensed from other publishers, partially offset by lower inventory costs primarily in Learning.

29

Index

Operating and Administrative Expenses:

Operating and administrative expenses for the year ended April 30, 2026, of $895.9 million decreased $51.5 million, or 5%, as compared with the prior year. On a constant currency basis, operating and administrative expenses decreased 7% as compared with the prior year primarily due to restructuring and cost savings initiatives resulting in lower employee costs and, to a lesser extent, lower professional fees.

On a constant currency basis, operating and administrative expenses excluding expenses from the Held for Sale or Sold segment decreased 6% as compared with the prior year. This decline was primarily due to restructuring and cost savings initiatives resulting in lower employee costs and, to a lesser extent, lower professional fees.

Restructuring and Related Charges:

We recorded restructuring and related charges in the years ended April 30, 2026 and 2025 of $19.2 million and $25.6 million, respectively. These charges are reflected in the Restructuring and related charges in the Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss). These amounts include a credit of $(0.1) million and $(3.8) million for the years ended April 30, 2026 and 2025, respectively, related to the Business Optimization Program, a prior restructuring initiative.

Global Restructuring Program

Beginning in fiscal year 2023, the Company initiated the Global Restructuring Program which was expanded in fiscal year 2024 to include those actions that will focus Wiley on its leading global position in the development and application of new knowledge and drive greater profitability, growth, and cash flow. We will focus on our strongest and most profitable businesses and large market opportunities in Research and Learning, as well as streamline our organization and rightsize our cost structure to reflect these portfolio actions. Under this program, we reduced our real estate square footage occupancy by approximately 35%.

In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2025, the program was further extended due to the completion of our divestitures with a focus on optimizing our cost structure, with particular emphasis on aligning our technology costs and other corporate expenses. As a result of these initiatives, this expanded program will include severance related charges, facility-related costs associated with certain properties, and other activities.

Excluding actions related to the Held for Sale or Sold segment, we anticipate to yield annualized cost savings of approximately $120 million, with approximately $110 million of that realized this fiscal year from actions taken starting in fiscal year 2024.

For the years ended April 30, 2026 and 2025, we recorded pretax restructuring charges of $19.3 million and $29.4 million, respectively, related to this program.

In the first quarter of fiscal year 2027, the program was further expanded to include additional portfolio and cost optimization actions. As a result of these initiatives, we expect to incur additional restructuring charges in future periods, which includes severance, consulting, and facility-related costs associated with certain properties.

See Note 7, “Restructuring and Related Charges” for more details on these charges.

For the impact of our restructuring program on diluted earnings per share, see the section below, “Diluted Earnings per Share (EPS).”

Amortization of Intangible Assets:

Amortization of intangible assets was $53.1 million for the year ended April 30, 2026, an increase of $1.2 million, or 2% as compared with the prior year. On a constant currency basis, amortization of intangible assets was consistent with the prior year primarily due to the completion of amortization of certain acquired intangible assets, offset by amortization expense related to acquired definite lived intangible assets, including those acquired as part of an acquisition.

30

Index

Operating Income, Adjusted Operating Income (OI) and Adjusted EBITDA:

Operating income for the year ended April 30, 2026, of $276.9 million increased $55.5 million, or 25% as compared with the prior year. On a constant currency basis, operating income increased 25% as compared with the prior year. The increase was primarily due to lower operating and administrative expenses, partially offset by a decrease in revenue.

Adjusted OI and Adjusted EBITDA on a constant currency basis for the year ended April 30, 2026 increased 18% and 10%, respectively, as compared with the prior year. The increase in Adjusted OI and Adjusted EBITDA was primarily due to lower operating and administrative expenses, partially offset by higher cost of sales.

Adjusted OI

Below is a reconciliation of our consolidated US GAAP Operating Income to Non-GAAP Adjusted OI:

Year Ended April 30,
20262025
US GAAP Operating Income$276,859$221,409
Adjustments:
Restructuring and related charges19,20325,561
Held for Sale or Sold segment Adjusted Operating Loss3,578
Legal settlement108
Non-GAAP Adjusted OI$296,170$250,548

Adjusted EBITDA

Below is a reconciliation of our consolidated US GAAP Net Income to Non-GAAP EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA:

Year Ended April 30,
20262025
Net Income$221,617$84,161
Interest expense43,84852,547
(Benefit) provision for income taxes(6,531)58,717
Depreciation and amortization143,477147,126
Non-GAAP EBITDA402,411342,551
Restructuring and related charges19,20325,561
Net foreign exchange transaction losses6,5648,142
Net loss on sale of businesses, assets, and impairment charges related to assets held-for-sale4,82823,340
Other expense (income), net6,533(5,498)
Held for Sale or Sold segment Adjusted EBITDA3,578
Legal settlement108
Non-GAAP Adjusted EBITDA$439,647$397,674

Interest Expense:

Interest expense for the year ended April 30, 2026, was $43.8 million compared with the prior year of $52.5 million. This decrease was primarily due to a lower weighted average effective interest rate and a decrease in the total debt outstanding.

31

Index

Foreign Exchange Transaction Losses:

Foreign exchange transaction losses were $(6.6) million for the year ended April 30, 2026, and were primarily due to losses on our foreign currency denominated third-party receivable and payable balances and, to a lesser extent, losses on our intercompany accounts receivable and payable balances due to the impact of the change in average foreign exchange rates as compared to the US dollar.

Foreign exchange transaction losses were $(8.1) million for the year ended April 30, 2025, and were primarily due to losses on our intercompany accounts receivable and payable balances and, to a lesser extent, losses on our foreign currency denominated third-party receivable and payable balances due to the impact of the change in average foreign exchange rates as compared to the US dollar. In the year ended April 30, 2025, we wrote off an additional net gain of $1.4 million in cumulative translation adjustments from our Russian entity which was formally liquidated in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2025.

Net Loss on Sale of Businesses, Assets, and Impairment Charges Related to Assets Held-for-Sale:

For the years ended April 30, 2026 and 2025, we recorded pretax loss on sale of businesses, assets, and impairment charges related to assets held-for-sale as follows:

Year Ended April 30,
20262025
CrossKnowledge$(2,309)$4,119
University Services(934)(12,578)
Wiley Edge(422)(14,852)
Other disposition activity(1,163)(29)
Net loss on sale of businesses, assets, and impairment charges related to assets held-for-sale$(4,828)$(23,340)

These charges are reflected in Net loss on sale of businesses, assets, and impairment charges related to assets held-for-sale on our Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss). See Note 4, “Acquisition and Divestitures” for more details on these divestitures.

Other (Expense) Income, Net:

Other (expense), net was $(6.5) million for the year ended April 30, 2026 compared with the prior year Other income, net of $5.5 million, a decrease of $12.0 million. This change was primarily due to foregone interest income due to the sale of the University Services Seller Note on June 5, 2025 and, to a lesser extent, an increase in pension expense for our defined benefit plans.

32

Index

(Benefit) Provision for Income Taxes:

Below is a reconciliation of our US GAAP Income Before Taxes to Non-GAAP Adjusted Income Before Taxes:

Year Ended April 30,
20262025
US GAAP Income Before Taxes$215,086$142,878
Pretax Impact of Adjustments:
Restructuring and related charges19,20325,561
Foreign exchange losses on intercompany transactions, including the write off of certain cumulative translation adjustments2,8815,590
Amortization of acquired intangible assets53,05051,864
Net loss on sale of businesses, assets, and impairment charges related to assets held-for-sale4,82823,340
Held for Sale or Sold segment Adjusted Loss Before Taxes3,578
Legal settlement108
Non-GAAP Adjusted Income Before Taxes$295,156$252,811

Below is a reconciliation of our US GAAP Income Tax (Benefit) Provision to Non-GAAP Adjusted Income Tax Provision, including our US GAAP Effective Tax Rate and our Non-GAAP Adjusted Effective Tax Rate:

Year Ended April 30,
20262025
US GAAP Income Tax (Benefit) Provision$(6,531)$58,717
Income Tax Impact of Adjustments(1):
Restructuring and related charges4,6825,947
Foreign exchange losses on intercompany transactions, including the write off of certain cumulative translation adjustments4641,170
Amortization of acquired intangible assets11,29810,231
Net loss on sale of businesses, assets, and impairment charges related to assets held-for-sale4802,368
Held for Sale or Sold segment Adjusted Tax Benefit807
Income Tax Adjustments
Impact of withholding tax on Sri Lanka distribution(982)
Impact of valuation allowance on the US GAAP effective tax rate58,324(26,008)
Impact of change in Germany statutory tax rate on deferred tax balances4,286
Impact of change in certain US state tax rates in 2025(117)
Non-GAAP Adjusted Income Tax Provision$72,021$53,115
US GAAP Effective Tax Rate(3.0)%41.1%
Non-GAAP Adjusted Effective Tax Rate24.4%21.0%
Column 1Column 2
(1)For the years ended April 30, 2026 and 2025, substantially all of the tax impact was from deferred taxes.

The Company's effective tax rate for the year ended April 30, 2026, was primarily driven by the impact of the US valuation allowance release, the enactment of tax rate reductions in Germany, and the rates of tax imposed on income earned in foreign jurisdictions.

33

Index

In fiscal year 2024, due to losses in the US resulting from impairments, restructuring activities, and the acceleration of amortization expense on capitalized software, we concluded it was more likely than not that a portion of our deferred tax assets would not be realized. As a result, we established a valuation allowance of $53.5 million, which increased to $77.3 million in fiscal year 2025.

During fiscal year 2026, we concluded that it was more likely than not that substantially all US deferred tax assets would be realized based on all available positive and negative evidence, having demonstrated sustained US profitability, which is objective and verifiable, and taking into account anticipated future earnings. As a result, we decreased our valuation allowance by approximately $70.0 million, of which $58.3 million was reflected in our GAAP Income Tax Provision only and $11.7 million in our Non-GAAP Adjusted Income Tax Provision.

The Non-GAAP Adjusted Effective Tax Rate for the year ended April 30, 2026, was 24.4%. The Non-GAAP Adjusted Effective Tax Rate for the year ended April 30, 2025, was 21.0%. The increase in the Non-GAAP Adjusted Effective Tax Rate before these items was primarily due to the mix of earnings by jurisdiction for the year ended April 30, 2026.

Diluted Earnings Per Share (EPS):

EPS for the year ended April 30, 2026, was $4.16 per share compared to $1.53 per share in the prior year. This increase was primarily due to higher income before taxes, and a benefit for income taxes in fiscal year 2026 compared with a provision for income taxes in the prior year.

Below is a reconciliation of our US GAAP Earnings Per Share to Non-GAAP Adjusted EPS. The amount of the pretax and the related income tax impact for the adjustments included in the table below are presented in the section above, “(Benefit) Provision for Income Taxes.”

Year Ended April 30,
20262025
US GAAP Earnings Per Share$4.16$1.53
Adjustments:
Restructuring and related charges0.270.36
Foreign exchange losses on intercompany transactions, including the write off of certain cumulative translation adjustments0.050.08
Amortization of acquired intangible assets0.790.76
Net loss on sale of businesses, assets, and impairment charges related to assets held-for-sale0.080.38
Held for Sale or Sold segment Adjusted Net Loss0.05
Income tax adjustments(1.16)0.48
Non-GAAP Adjusted EPS$4.19$3.64

On a constant currency basis, Adjusted EPS increased 15% primarily due to an increase in Adjusted Operating Income, partially offset by an increase in the Adjusted Effective Tax Rate.

34

Index

SEGMENT OPERATING RESULTS:

Year Ended April 30,% Change Favorable (Unfavorable)Constant Currency % Change Favorable (Unfavorable)
RESEARCH20262025
Revenue:
Research Publishing$965,767$922,5535%3%
Research Solutions164,175152,9067%6%
Total Research Revenue1,129,9421,075,4595%4%
Cost of sales303,702278,867(9)%(8)%
Direct expenses331,192336,4842%4%
Allocated Corporate expenses167,578160,959(4)%(3)%
Amortization of intangible assets44,86643,569(3)%0%
Adjusted Operating Income282,604255,58011%10%
Depreciation and amortization92,47289,302(4)%(2)%
Adjusted EBITDA$375,076$344,8829%8%
Adjusted EBITDA Margin33.2%32.1%

Revenue:

Research revenue for the year ended April 30, 2026, increased $54.5 million, or 5%, as compared with the prior year. On a constant currency basis, revenue increased 4% as compared with the prior year.

Research Publishing revenue on a constant currency basis increased 3% primarily due to continued growth in author-funded open access and, to a lesser extent, recurring revenue models which includes subscriptions and transformational agreements. These increases were partially offset by softness in ancillary products. Research Solutions revenue on a constant currency basis increased 6% primarily due to AI licensing as a service revenue which includes content licensed from other publishers, partially offset by a decrease in recruitment and, to a lesser extent, marketing services due to lower corporate customer spending.

Research AI licensing revenue for the year ended April 30, 2026 was $33.1 million as compared to approximately $11 million in the prior year. Open access article output growth was approximately 25% as compared with the prior year.

Adjusted EBITDA:

On a constant currency basis, Adjusted EBITDA increased 8% as compared with the prior year. This increase was primarily due to higher revenue and, to a lesser extent, restructuring and cost savings initiatives, partially offset by higher royalty costs.

35

Index

Year Ended April 30,% Change Favorable (Unfavorable)Constant Currency % Change Favorable (Unfavorable)
LEARNING20262025
Revenue:
Academic$318,757$333,693(4)%(5)%
Professional227,829251,075(9)%(10)%
Total Learning Revenue546,586584,768(7)%(7)%
Cost of sales127,807144,75812%13%
Direct expenses136,301142,2044%5%
Allocated Corporate expenses107,909114,7036%7%
Amortization of intangible assets8,1848,2531%1%
Adjusted Operating Income166,385174,850(5)%(5)%
Depreciation and amortization41,14843,9006%7%
Adjusted EBITDA$207,533$218,750(5)%(6)%
Adjusted EBITDA Margin38.0%37.4%

Revenue:

Learning revenue for the year ended April 30, 2026, decreased $38.2 million, or 7%, as compared with the prior year. On a constant currency basis, revenue decreased 7% as compared with the prior year.

Academic revenue on a constant currency basis decreased 5% primarily due to a decline in print book sales and, to a lesser extent, licensing revenue including AI, partially offset by higher digital content growth. Professional revenue on a constant currency basis decreased 10% primarily due to a decline in print and digital sales through retail channels and, to a lesser extent, a decrease in licensing revenue including AI.

Learning AI licensing revenue for the year end April 30, 2026 was $16.0 million compared to approximately $29 million in the prior year.

Adjusted EBITDA:

On a constant currency basis, Adjusted EBITDA decreased 6% as compared with the prior year. This decrease was primarily due to lower revenue, partially offset by lower inventory costs, royalty costs, and restructuring and cost savings initiatives.

36

Index

Year Ended April 30,% ChangeFavorable(Unfavorable)Constant Currency % ChangeFavorable(Unfavorable)
HELD FOR SALE OR SOLD20262025
Total Held for Sale or Sold Revenue$$17,382##
Cost of sales7,755##
Direct expenses10,365##
Allocated Corporate expenses2,840##
Amortization of intangible assets##
Adjusted Operating Loss(3,578)##
Depreciation and amortization##
Adjusted EBITDA$$(3,578)##
Adjusted EBITDA Margin0.0%(20.6)%

# Not meaningful

Revenue:

Held for Sale or Sold revenue for the year ended April 30, 2026, decreased $17.4 million as compared with the prior year due to the sale of Wiley Edge on May 31, 2024, with the exception of its India operations which sold on August 31, 2024, and CrossKnowledge on August 31, 2024.

Adjusted EBITDA:

On a constant currency basis, Adjusted EBITDA was zero for the year ended April 30, 2026 compared to a loss of $3.6 million in the prior year due to the sale of the Wiley Edge and CrossKnowledge businesses.

Year Ended April 30,% ChangeFavorable(Unfavorable)Constant Currency % ChangeFavorable(Unfavorable)
CORPORATE EXPENSES20262025
Unallocated Corporate expenses$152,819$179,88215%16%
Adjusted Unallocated Corporate Expenses(152,819)(179,882)15%16%
Depreciation and amortization9,85713,92429%30%
Adjusted EBITDA$(142,962)$(165,958)14%15%

On a constant currency basis, adjusted corporate expenses of $143.0 million on an Adjusted EBITDA basis decreased 15% as compared with the prior year. This was primarily due to restructuring and cost savings initiatives resulting in lower employment costs, and professional fees.

37

Index

FISCAL YEAR 2025 AS COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR 2024 SUMMARY RESULTS

Discussions of our results of operations for the year ended April 30, 2025 compared to April 30, 2024 have been omitted under this item, but may be found in Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2025, which was filed with the SEC on June 25, 2025.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES:

Principal Sources of Liquidity

We believe that our operating cash flow, together with our revolving credit facilities and other available debt financing, will be adequate to meet our operating, investing, and financing needs in the next twelve months. Operating cash flow provides the primary source of cash to fund operating needs and capital expenditures. Excess operating cash is used to fund shareholder dividends and share repurchases. Other discretionary uses of cash flow include investments and acquisitions to complement and grow our portfolio of businesses. As necessary, we may supplement operating cash flow with debt to fund these activities. The overall cash position of the Company reflects our durable business results and a global cash management strategy that considers liquidity management, economic factors, and tax considerations. Our cash and cash equivalents are maintained at a number of financial institutions. To mitigate the risk of uninsured balances, we select financial institutions based on their credit ratings and financial strength, and we perform ongoing evaluations of these institutions to limit our concentration risk exposure to any financial institution.

As of April 30, 2026, we had cash and cash equivalents of $75.6 million, of which approximately 96% was located outside the US. Maintenance of these cash and cash equivalent balances outside the US does not have a material impact on the liquidity or capital resources of our operations. We intend to repatriate earnings from our non-US subsidiaries, and to the extent we repatriate these funds to the US, we may be required to pay taxes in various US state and local jurisdictions and withholding or similar taxes in applicable non-US jurisdictions in the periods in which such repatriation occurs. Accordingly, as of April 30, 2026, we have recorded a deferred tax liability of approximately $2.2 million related to the estimated taxes that would be incurred upon repatriating certain non-US earnings to the US.

On November 30, 2022, we entered into the second amendment to the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (collectively, the Amended and Restated CA). See Note 14, “Debt and Available Credit Facilities” for more details on the amendment. The Amended and Restated CA provided for senior unsecured credit facilities comprised of the following (i) a five-year revolving credit facility in an aggregate principal amount up to $1.115 billion which matures November 2027, (ii) a five-year term loan A facility consisting of $200 million which matures November 2027, and (iii) $185 million aggregate principal amount revolving credit facility which matured in May 2024. We also may request an increase in the aggregate commitments provided that the total credit exposures of all lenders shall at no time exceed $2 billion, and any such request shall be in minimum increments of $50 million, subject to the approval of the lenders. On May 15, 2026, we entered into the third amendment to the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement for the establishment of incremental term commitments in an aggregate principal amount of $300.0 million, increasing the total available lines of credit to $1,590.5 million.

As of April 30, 2026, we had approximately $683.4 million of debt outstanding, net of unamortized issuance costs of $0.3 million, and approximately $606.9 million of unused borrowing capacity under our Amended and Restated CA and other facilities. Our Amended and Restated CA contains certain restrictive covenants related to our consolidated leverage ratio and interest coverage ratio, which we were in compliance with as of April 30, 2026.

Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments

A summary of contractual obligations and commercial commitments, excluding unrecognized tax benefits further described in Note 13, “Income Taxes,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, as of April 30, 2026, is as follows:

38

Index

Payments Due by Period (in millions)
TotalWithin Year 12–3 Years4–5 YearsAfter 5 Years
Total debt(1)$683.7$12.5$671.2$$
Interest on debt(2)54.835.519.3
Non-cancellable leases102.720.231.729.221.6
Minimum royalty obligations350.398.8131.969.849.8
Other operating commitments(3)278.695.9132.949.8
Total$1,470.1$262.9$987.0$148.8$71.4
(1)Total debt is exclusive of unamortized issuance costs of $0.3 million.
(2)Interest on debt includes the effect of our interest rate swap agreements and the estimated future interest payments on our unhedged variable rate debt, assuming that the interest rates as of April 30, 2026, remain constant until the maturity of the debt.
(3)Other operating commitments consist primarily of non-cancellable commitments under technology contracts, including cloud hosting, software licensing, and related services agreements.

Analysis of Historical Cash Flow

The following table shows the changes in our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows:

Year Ended April 30,
20262025
Net cash provided by operating activities$260,519$202,591
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities28,105(94,018)
Net cash used in financing activities(298,303)(125,330)
Effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash$(581)$3,146

Cash flow from operations is seasonally a use of cash in the first half of Wiley’s fiscal year principally due to the timing of collections for annual Journal Subscriptions and Transformational Agreements, which typically occurs in the beginning of the second half of our fiscal year.

Free cash flow less product development spending helps assess our ability, over the long term, to create value for our shareholders, as it represents cash available to repay debt, pay common dividends, and fund share repurchases, and acquisitions. Below are the details of Free cash flow less product development spending.

Free Cash Flow Less Product Development Spending:

Year Ended April 30,
20262025
Net cash provided by operating activities$260,519$202,591
Less: Additions to technology, property, and equipment(51,166)(61,473)
Less: Product development spending(14,012)(15,228)
Free cash flow less product development spending$195,341$125,890

39

Index

Net Cash Provided By Operating Activities

2026 Compared to 2025

The following is a summary of the $57.9 million change in Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended April 30, 2026, as compared with the year ended April 30, 2025 (amounts in millions).

Net cash provided by operating activities – Year ended April 30, 2025$202.6
Net income adjusted for items to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities, which would include such noncash items as depreciation and amortization, net losses on sale of businesses, assets, and impairment charges related to assets held-for-sale, restructuring charges, and the change in deferred taxes38.8
Working capital changes:
Accounts receivable, net and contract liabilities(11.4)
Accounts payable and accrued royalties(20.7)
Changes in other assets and liabilities51.2
Net cash provided by operating activities – Year ended April 30, 2026$260.5

The unfavorable change in accounts receivable, net and contract liabilities was primarily due to the timing of customer billings and collections.

The unfavorable change in accounts payable and accrued royalties was due to the timing of payments.

The favorable changes in other assets and liabilities noted in the table above was primarily due to lower contributions to defined benefit plans in fiscal year 2026, lower costs related to cloud computing arrangements, lower inventory levels and other changes in working capital. This was partially offset by a larger decline in accrued employee related costs in fiscal year 2026. This decline reflects both lower incentive compensation expense accrued during the year and lower cash payments for prior year annual incentive compensation.

Our negative working capital (current assets less current liabilities) was $359.3 million and $381.0 million as of April 30, 2026, and April 30, 2025, respectively. The primary driver of the negative working capital is the benefit realized from unearned contract liabilities related to subscriptions (which includes Transformational Agreements) for which cash has been collected in advance. The contract liabilities will be recognized as revenue when the products are shipped or made available online to the customers over the term of the subscription. Current liabilities as of April 30, 2026, and as of April 30, 2025 include contract liabilities of $451.4 million and $462.7 million, respectively, primarily related to deferred subscription revenue for which cash was collected in advance. Cash collected in advance for subscriptions is used by us for a number of purposes, including funding operations, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt repayments, dividend payments, and share repurchases.

Net Cash Provided By (Used In) Investing Activities

2026 Compared to 2025

Net cash provided by investing activities in the year ended April 30, 2026, was $28.1 million compared to net cash used in investing activities of $94.0 million in the prior year. The change in investing activities was primarily due to the $115.3 million in cash received in fiscal year 2026 as a result of selling the remaining University Services assets in June 2025 and, to a lesser extent, lower additions for technology, property, and equipment of $10.3 million. This was partially offset by higher additions for publication rights of $17.4 million in 2026. See Note 4, “Acquisition and Divestitures” for further details on the sale of the University Services assets.

40

Index

Net Cash Used In Financing Activities

2026 Compared to 2025

Net cash used in financing activities in the year ended April 30, 2026, was $298.3 million compared to $125.3 million in the year ended April 30, 2025. The change in cash used was primarily due to net debt repayments of $120.3 million in fiscal year 2026 compared with net debt borrowings of $13.5 million in fiscal year 2025, and an increase in cash used for purchases of treasury shares in fiscal year 2026 of $39.7 million.

In the years ended April 30, 2026 and 2025, our quarterly dividend to shareholders was $1.42 and $1.41 per share annualized, respectively.

In fiscal year 2020, our Board of Directors authorized a share repurchase program of up to $200 million of Class A or B Common Stock, which was fully utilized as of April 30, 2026. In the first quarter of fiscal year 2026, our Board of Directors authorized an additional share repurchase program of up to $250 million of Class A or B Common Stock. As of April 30, 2026, $207.4 million of share repurchase authority remained under this authorization.

The following table summarizes the shares repurchased (shares in thousands):

Year Ended April 30,
20262025
Shares repurchased – Class A2,8431,186
Shares repurchased – Class B7173
Average price – Class A and Class B$35.08$44.16

During the years ended April 30, 2026 and 2025, we purchased $100.0 million and $60.0 million, respectively, under these programs.

The total amount purchased and the average price per share excludes excise taxes payable on share repurchases and may differ from the share repurchases reflected in Purchases of treasury shares in our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. For the year ended April 30, 2026, the total amount repurchased and the total shares repurchased includes unsettled purchases, and such amount differs from the amount reflected in Purchases of treasury shares in our Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

2025 Compared to 2024

A discussion of changes in our cash flows for the year ended April 30, 2025, compared to the year ended April 30, 2024, has been omitted under this item, but may be found in Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Liquidity and Capital Resources” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2025, which was filed with the SEC on June 25, 2025.

41

Index

RECENTLY ISSUED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING STANDARDS, ACCOUNTING GUIDANCE, AND DISCLOSURE REQUIREMENTS

We are subject to numerous recently issued statements of financial accounting standards, accounting guidance, and disclosure requirements. The information set forth in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” in Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Recently Issued and Recently Adopted Accounting Standards,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is incorporated by reference and describes these new accounting standards.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES:

The preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements and related disclosures in conformity with US GAAP requires our management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements, and revenue and expenses during the reporting period. We review these estimates and assumptions periodically using historical experience and other factors and reflect the effects of any revisions on the Consolidated Financial Statements in the period we determine any revisions to be necessary. Actual results could differ from those estimates, which could affect the reported results. In Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” in Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Recently Issued and Recently Adopted Accounting Standards” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements includes a summary of the significant accounting policies and methods used in preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements. Set forth below is a discussion of our more critical accounting policies and methods.

Revenue Recognition:

In Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” see Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Recently Issued and Recently Adopted Accounting Standards” in the section "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”, and see Note 3, “Revenue Recognition, Contracts with Customers,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details of our revenue recognition policy.

Sales Return Reserves:

In Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” see Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Recently Issued and Recently Adopted Accounting Standards” in the section “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details of our sales return reserves.

A one percent change in the estimated sales return rate could affect net income by approximately $2 million. A change in the pattern or trends in returns could also affect the estimated allowance.

Allocation of Acquisition Purchase Price to Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed:

In connection with acquisitions, we allocate the cost of the acquisition to the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed based on the estimates of fair value for such items, including intangible assets. The excess of the purchase consideration over the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recorded as goodwill. The determination of the acquisition date fair value of the assets acquired, and liabilities assumed, requires us to make significant estimates and assumptions, such as, if applicable, forecasted revenue growth rates and operating cash flows, royalty rates, customer attrition rates, obsolescence rates of developed technology, and discount rates. We may use a third-party valuation consultant to assist in the determination of such estimates.

In Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” see Note 4, “Acquisition and Divestitures” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details of our acquisition.

Goodwill and Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets:

Goodwill is reviewed for possible impairment at least annually on a reporting unit level during the fourth quarter of each year. Our annual impairment assessment date is February 1. A review of goodwill may be initiated before or after conducting the annual analysis if events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of goodwill may no longer be recoverable.

42

Index

A reporting unit is the operating segment unless, at businesses one level below that operating segment – the “component” level, discrete financial information is prepared and regularly reviewed by management, and the component has economic characteristics that are different from the economic characteristics of the other components of the operating segment, in which case the component is the reporting unit.

As part of the annual impairment test, we may elect to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. In a qualitative assessment, we would consider the macroeconomic conditions, including any deterioration of general conditions and industry and market conditions, including any deterioration in the environment where the reporting unit operates, increased competition, changes in the products/services and regulatory and political developments, cost of doing business, overall financial performance, including any declining cash flows and performance in relation to planned revenues and earnings in past periods, other relevant reporting unit specific facts, such as changes in management or key personnel or pending litigation, and events affecting the reporting unit, including changes in the carrying value of net assets.

If the results of our qualitative assessment indicate it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, we are required to perform a quantitative assessment to determine the fair value of the reporting unit.

Alternatively, if an optional qualitative goodwill impairment assessment is not performed, we may perform a quantitative assessment. Under the quantitative assessment, we compare the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value, including the goodwill allocated to the reporting unit. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeded its carrying value, there would be no indication of impairment. If the fair value of the reporting unit were less than the carrying value, an impairment charge would be recognized for the difference.

We derive an estimate of fair values for each of our reporting units using a combination of an income approach and a market approach. Absent an indication of fair value from a potential buyer or similar specific transactions, we believe that the use of these methods provides a reasonable estimate of a reporting unit’s fair value.

Fair value computed by these methods is arrived at using a number of key assumptions including forecasted revenues and related growth rates, forecasted operating cash flows, the discount rate, and the selection of relevant market multiples of comparable publicly-traded companies with similar characteristics to the reporting unit. There are inherent uncertainties, however, related to these factors and to our judgment in applying them to this analysis. We believe that the combination of these methods provides a reasonable approach to estimate the fair value of our reporting units.

Income Approach Used to Determine Fair Values

The income approach is based upon the present value of expected cash flows. Expected cash flows are converted to present value using factors that consider the timing and risk of the future cash flows. The estimate of cash flows used is prepared on an unleveraged debt-free basis. We use a discount rate that reflects a market-derived weighted average cost of capital. We believe that this approach is appropriate because it provides a fair value estimate based upon the reporting unit’s expected long-term operating and cash flow performance. The projections are based upon our best estimates of forecasted economic and market conditions over the related period including growth rates, expected changes in forecasted operating cash flows, and cash expenditures. Other estimates and assumptions include terminal value long-term growth rates, provisions for income taxes, future capital expenditures, and changes in future cashless, debt-free working capital. Changes in any of these assumptions could materially impact the estimated fair value of our reporting units. Our forecasts take into account the near and long-term expected business performance, considering the long-term market conditions and business trends within the reporting units. However, changes in these assumptions may impact our ability to recover the allocated goodwill in the future. For further discussion of the factors that could result in a change in our assumptions, see “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Market Approach Used to Determine Fair Values

The market approach estimates the fair value of the reporting unit by applying multiples of operating performance measures to the reporting unit’s operating performance (the Guideline Public Company Method). These multiples are derived from comparable publicly-traded companies with similar investment characteristics to the reporting unit, and such comparable data are reviewed and updated as needed annually. We believe that this approach is appropriate because it provides a fair value estimate using multiples from entities with operations and economic characteristics comparable to our reporting units and Wiley.

43

Index

The key estimates and assumptions that are used to determine fair value under this market approach include current and forward 12-month revenue and EBITDA results, as applicable, and the selection of the relevant multiples to be applied. Under the Guideline Public Company Method, a control premium, or an amount that a buyer is usually willing to pay over the current market price of a publicly-traded company is considered and applied to the calculated equity values to adjust the public trading value upward for a 100% ownership interest, where applicable.

In order to assess the reasonableness of the calculated fair values of our reporting units, we also compare the sum of the reporting units’ fair values to our market capitalization and calculate an implied control premium (the excess of the sum of the reporting units’ fair values over the market capitalization). We evaluate the control premium by comparing it to control premiums of recent comparable market transactions. If the implied control premium is not reasonable in light of these recent transactions, we will reevaluate our fair value estimates of the reporting units by adjusting the discount rates and/or other assumptions.

If our assumptions and related estimates change in the future, or if we change our reporting unit structure or other events and circumstances change (such as a sustained decrease in the price of our common stock, a decline in current market multiples, a significant adverse change in legal factors or business climates, an adverse action or assessment by a regulator, heightened competition, strategic decisions made in response to economic or competitive conditions, or a more-likely-than-not expectation that a reporting unit or a significant portion of a reporting unit will be sold or disposed of), we may be required to record impairment charges in future periods. Any impairment charges that we may take in the future could be material to our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.

Fiscal Year 2026 and 2025 Annual Goodwill Impairment Test

As of February 1, 2026 and 2025, we completed a qualitative assessment for our annual goodwill impairment test for our reporting units within Research and Learning segments. This assessment included consideration of key factors including macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations, cost factors, financial performance, and other relevant entity and reporting unit-specific events. Based on our qualitative assessment, we determined it was not more likely than not that the fair value of any reporting unit was less than its carrying amount. As such, it was not necessary to perform a quantitative test. There have been no significant events or circumstances affecting the valuation of goodwill subsequent to the qualitative assessment performed as of February 1, 2026.

Fiscal Year 2024 Segment Realignment Goodwill Impairment Test

In the first quarter of fiscal year 2024, we began to operate under a new organizational structure, which resulted in a change in our composition of our reportable segments, which resulted in a change in our reporting units. The Learning reportable segment includes two reporting units, Academic and Professional, and the Held for Sale or Sold reportable segment includes three reporting units, University Services, Wiley Edge, and CrossKnowledge. No changes were made to the Research reportable segment. As a result of this realignment, we were required to test goodwill for impairment immediately before and after the realignment. Since there were no changes to the Research reportable segment, no interim impairment test of the Research reportable segment goodwill was required.

Goodwill Impairment Before Realignment

Prior to the realignment, we concluded that the fair value of the Academic Publishing, Talent Development (which includes Wiley Edge) and Professional Learning reporting units were above their carrying values. Therefore, there was no indication of impairment. The carrying value of the University Services reporting unit was above its fair value which resulted in a pretax noncash goodwill impairment of $11.4 million. Such impairment reduced the goodwill of the University Services reporting unit to zero. This charge is reflected in Impairment of goodwill in the Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss).

University Services was adversely impacted by market conditions and headwinds for online degree programs, which lead to a decline in projected enrollments from existing partners, pricing pressures and revenue share concessions, and a decline in new partner additions over both the short-term and long-term which adversely impacted forecasted revenue growth and operating cash flows.

44

Index

The key assumptions underlying the estimate of the fair value of the University Services reporting unit included the following:

•Future cash flow assumptions – the projections for future cash flows utilized in the model were derived from historical experience and assumptions regarding future growth and profitability of the reporting unit. These projections include forecasted revenues and related growth rates, and forecasted operating cash flows, and are consistent with our operating budget and strategic plan. We applied a compounded annual growth rate of approximately 4.6% for forecasted sales in our projected cash flows through fiscal year 2031. Beyond the forecasted period, a terminal value was determined using a perpetuity growth rate of 3.0% to reflect our estimate of stable and perpetual growth.

•Discount rate based on the weighted average cost of capital (WACC) – the WACC is the rate used to discount the reporting unit’s estimated future cash flows. The WACC is calculated based on a proportionate weighting of the cost of debt and equity. The cost of equity is based on a capital asset pricing model and includes a company-specific risk premium to capture the perceived risks and uncertainties associated with the reporting unit’s projected cash flows. The cost of debt component is calculated based on the after-tax cost of debt of Moody’s Baa-rated corporate bonds. The cost of debt and equity is weighted based on the debt to market capitalization ratio of publicly traded companies with similarities to the University Services reporting unit. The WACC applied to the University Services reporting unit was 17%.

•Valuation Multiples – for the Guideline Public Company Method, we applied relevant current and forward 12-month EBITDA multiples based on an evaluation of multiples of publicly-traded companies with similarities to the University Services reporting unit. The multiples applied ranged from 4.5x to 6.0x EBITDA.

Prior to performing the goodwill impairment test for University Services, we also evaluated the recoverability of long-lived assets of the reporting unit. The carrying value of the long-lived assets that were tested for impairment was approximately $231.0 million. When indicators of impairment are present, we test definite lived and long-lived assets for recoverability by comparing the carrying value of an asset group to an estimate of the future undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset group. We considered the lower-than-expected revenue and forecasted operating cash flows over a sustained period of time, and downward revisions to our cash flow forecasts for this reporting unit to be indicators of impairment for their long-lived assets. Based on the results of the recoverability test, we determined that the undiscounted cash flows of the asset group of the University Services reporting unit exceeded the carrying value. Therefore, there was no impairment.

Goodwill Impairment After Realignment

After the realignment, we concluded that the fair value of the Academic, Professional, and Wiley Edge reporting units was above their carrying values. Therefore, there was no indication of impairment. As noted above, the goodwill of the University Services reporting unit was zero and no further testing of goodwill for impairment was required. The carrying value of the CrossKnowledge reporting unit was above its fair value, which resulted in a pretax noncash goodwill impairment of $15.3 million. This charge is reflected in Impairment of goodwill in the Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss).

CrossKnowledge was adversely impacted by a decline in the demand for its offerings, which resulted in lower sales and a decline in average contract value that adversely impacted forecasted revenue growth and operating cash flows.

45

Index

The key assumptions underlying the estimate of the fair value of the CrossKnowledge reporting unit included the following:

•Future cash flow assumptions – the projections for future cash flows utilized in the model were derived from historical experience and assumptions regarding future growth and profitability of the reporting unit. These projections include forecasted revenues and related growth rates, and forecasted operating cash flows, and are consistent with our operating budget and strategic plan. We applied a compounded annual growth rate of approximately 3.3% for forecasted sales in our projected cash flows through fiscal year 2032. Beyond the forecasted period, a terminal value was determined using a perpetuity growth rate of 2.0% to reflect our estimate of stable and perpetual growth.

•Discount rate based on the WACC – the WACC is the rate used to discount the reporting unit’s estimated future cash flows. The WACC is calculated based on a proportionate weighting of the cost of debt and equity. The cost of equity is based on a capital asset pricing model and includes a company-specific risk premium to capture the perceived risks and uncertainties associated with the reporting unit’s projected cash flows. The cost of debt component is calculated based on the after-tax cost of debt of Moody’s Baa-rated corporate bonds. The cost of debt and equity is weighted based on the debt to market capitalization ratio of publicly traded companies with similarities to the CrossKnowledge reporting unit. The WACC applied to the CrossKnowledge reporting unit was 16%.

•Valuation Multiples – for the Guideline Public Company Method, we applied relevant current and forward 12-month EBITDA multiples based on an evaluation of multiples of publicly-traded companies with similarities to the CrossKnowledge reporting unit. The multiples applied ranged from 6.0x to 7.0x EBITDA.

Prior to performing the goodwill impairment test for CrossKnowledge, we also evaluated the recoverability of long-lived assets of the reporting unit. The carrying value of the long-lived assets that were tested for impairment was approximately $50.2 million. When indicators of impairment are present, we test definite lived and long-lived assets for recoverability by comparing the carrying value of an asset group to an estimate of the future undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset group. We considered the lower-than-expected revenue and forecasted operating cash flows over a sustained period of time, and downward revisions to our cash flow forecasts for this reporting unit to be indicators of impairment for their long-lived assets. Based on the results of the recoverability test, we determined that the undiscounted cash flows of the asset group of the CrossKnowledge reporting unit exceeded the carrying value. Therefore, there was no impairment.

Wiley Edge Fiscal Year 2024 Interim Impairment Test

As a result of signing the stock and asset purchase agreement (Edge Agreement) with Inspirit Vulcan Bidco Limited, a private limited company incorporated in England & Wales (Inspirit) and the decrease in the fair value of the business which was impacted by a decline in placements in the third quarter of fiscal year 2024, we tested the goodwill of the Wiley Edge reporting unit for impairment. We estimated the fair value of the reporting unit based on the terms and conditions in the Edge Agreement at that time which reflected a selling price that included $10.0 million in cash, $18.3 million in the form of a loan, a fair value estimate for an earnout, and an estimate for a working capital adjustment.

We concluded that the carrying value of the Wiley Edge reporting unit was above its fair value which resulted in a pretax noncash goodwill impairment of approximately $81.7 million in the three months ended January 31, 2024. Such impairment reduced the goodwill of the Wiley Edge reporting unit to zero. This charge is reflected in Impairment of goodwill in the Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss). The impairment was due to subsequent changes in the fair value resulting from the continued progression of the selling process, indications of changes in the consideration for the business, and a decline in placements in the third quarter of fiscal year 2024, as well as changes in the carrying amounts of the disposal group.

Prior to performing the goodwill impairment test for Wiley Edge, we also evaluated the recoverability of long-lived assets of the reporting unit. The carrying value of the long-lived assets that were tested for impairment was approximately $141.5 million. We considered the changes in the fair value of the consideration for the business due to the continued progression of the selling process to be an indicator of impairment for its long-lived assets. Based on the results of the recoverability test, we determined that the undiscounted cash flows of the asset group of the Wiley Edge reporting unit exceeded the carrying value. Therefore, there was no impairment.

46

Index

Fiscal Year 2026 and 2025 Annual Indefinite-lived Intangible Impairment Test

We also review our indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually, which consists of brands and trademarks and certain acquired publishing rights.

For fiscal year 2026 and 2025, we performed a qualitative assessment for our annual indefinite-lived intangible assets impairment test. This assessment included consideration of key factors including macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations, cost factors, financial performance, and other relevant entity and reporting unit-specific events. Based on our qualitative assessment, we determined it was not more likely than not that the fair value of any indefinite-lived intangible asset was less than its carrying amount. As such, it was not necessary to perform a quantitative test.

Intangible Assets with Definite Lives and Other Long-Lived Assets:

See Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Recently Issued, and Recently Adopted Accounting Standards,” in the section “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details of definite lived intangible assets and other long-lived assets.

Retirement Plans:

We provide defined benefit pension plans for certain employees worldwide. Our Board of Directors approved amendments to the US, Canada, and UK defined benefit plans that froze the future accumulation of benefits effective June 30, 2013, December 31, 2015, and April 30, 2015, respectively. Under the amendments, no new employees will be permitted to enter these plans and no additional benefits for current participants for future services will be accrued after the effective dates of the amendments.

The accounting for benefit plans is highly dependent on assumptions concerning the outcome of future events and circumstances, including discount rates, long-term return rates on pension plan assets, healthcare cost trends, compensation increases, and other factors. In determining such assumptions, we consult with outside actuaries and other advisors.

The discount rates for the US, Canada, and UK pension plans are based on the derivation of a single-equivalent discount rate using a standard spot rate curve and the timing of expected benefit payments as of the balance sheet date. The spot rate curves are based upon portfolios of corporate bonds rated at Aa or above by a respected rating agency. The discount rate for Germany is based on the expected benefit payments for the sample mixed population plan. The expected long-term rates of return on pension plan assets are estimated using forecasted returns for the asset classifications within the asset portfolio, and a composite return assumption range is determined using a weighted average based on each plan’s target asset allocation percentage. Salary growth and healthcare cost trend assumptions are based on our historical experience and future outlook. While we believe that the assumptions used in these calculations are reasonable, differences in actual experience or changes in assumptions could materially affect the expense and liabilities related to our defined benefit pension plans. A hypothetical one percent increase in the discount rate would increase net income and decrease the accrued pension liability by approximately $0.9 million and $59.4 million, respectively. A one percent decrease in the discount rate would decrease net income and increase the accrued pension liability by approximately $0.6 million and $68.0 million, respectively. A one percent change in the expected long-term rate of return would affect net income by approximately $3.5 million.

47

Index

MD&A history

Prior-year 10-K MD&A spans are extracted from SEC filings with the same bounded parser used for the latest filing. The latest 10-K appears above; prior years are below.

FY 2025 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0000107140-25-000081.

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2025-06-25. Report date: 2025-04-30.

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The information in our Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (MD&A) should be read together with our Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes set forth in Part II, Item 8, as well as the discussion included in Part I, Item 1, “Business,” “Cautionary Notice Regarding Forward-Looking Statements “Safe Harbor” Statement under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995” and “Non-GAAP Financial Measures,” along with Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. All amounts and percentages are approximate due to rounding and all dollars are in thousands, except per share amounts or where otherwise noted. When we cross-reference to a “Note,” we are referring to our “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,” in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” unless the context indicates otherwise.

Overview

Wiley is one of the world’s largest publishers and a global leader in research and learning. The Company’s content, services, platforms, and knowledge networks are tailored to meet the evolving needs of its customers and partners, including researchers, students, instructors, professionals, institutions, and corporations. Wiley is a predominantly digital company with 83% of its Adjusted Revenue for the year ended April 30, 2025, generated by digital products and services. For the year ended April 30, 2025, 48% of Adjusted Revenue is recurring which includes revenue that is contractually obligated or set to recur with a high degree of certainty. See below for the reconciliation of consolidated Revenue to Adjusted Revenue.

We report financial information for the following reportable segments, as well as a Corporate category, which includes certain costs that are not allocated to the reportable segments:

•Research includes the reporting lines of Research Publishing and Research Solutions;

•Learning includes the Academic and Professional reporting lines and consists of publishing, courseware, and assessments.

Wiley also reports a Held for Sale or Sold segment, which primarily includes non-core businesses which were classified as held-for-sale until the date of sale, as well other businesses which were sold as described further below.

Through the Research segment, we provide peer-reviewed scientific, technical, and medical (STM) journals, content platforms, and related publishing and audience solutions to academic, corporate, and government customers, academic societies, and individual researchers. The Learning segment provides scientific, professional, and education print and digital books to researchers, professionals, and students, digital courseware for instructors and students, and assessment services to businesses and professionals.

Wiley’s business strategies are tightly aligned with consistent long-term growth trends, including ever-increasing global R&D investment, leading to growth in scientific research output and the number of institutions and researchers worldwide. These strategies include expanding our publishing program and journal portfolio to meet the global demand for peer-reviewed research, driving additional value in our subscription-based models for universities and corporations, volume-based models for open access, content licensing opportunities for applications in science and innovation, and content platform and service offerings for corporations and societies. Learning strategies include selectively scaling high-value digital content, courseware, and assessments to meet targeted opportunities in education and professional development.

29

Index

Consolidated Results of Operations

FISCAL YEAR 2025 AS COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR 2024 SUMMARY RESULTS

SUMMARY

•US GAAP Results: Revenue of $1,677.6 million (-10% compared with the prior year due to foregone revenue from divested businesses), Operating income of $221.4 million ($+169.1 million compared with the prior year), and Diluted Earnings per Share of $1.53 (+$5.18 compared with the prior year).

•Adjusted Results at Constant Currency (excluding Held for Sale or Sold segment results): Adjusted Revenue of $1,660.2 million (+3% compared with the prior year), Adjusted Operating Income of $250.5 million (+29%, compared with the prior year), Adjusted EBITDA of $397.7 million (+8% compared with the prior year), and Adjusted EPS of $3.64 (+31% compared with the prior year).

•Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities of $202.6 million ($-5.0 million compared with the prior year), and Free Cash Flow Less Product Development Spending of $125.9 million ($+11.6 million compared with the prior year)

Revenue:

Revenue for the year ended April 30, 2025, decreased $195.4 million, or 10%, as compared with the prior year. On a constant currency basis, revenue decreased 10% as compared with the prior year. Excluding the revenues from the Held for Sale or Sold segment, Adjusted Revenue increased 3% on a constant currency basis. AI license revenue was $40 million in the year ended April 30, 2025 compared to $23 million in the prior year.

Adjusted Revenue

Below is a reconciliation of our consolidated US GAAP Revenue, net to Non-GAAP Adjusted Revenue, net:

Year Ended April 30,
20252024
US GAAP Revenue, net$1,677,609$1,872,987
Less: Held for Sale or Sold Segment (1)(17,382)(255,543)
Non-GAAP Adjusted Revenue, net$1,660,227$1,617,444
Column 1Column 2
(1)Our Adjusted Revenue net excludes the impact of our Held for Sale or Sold segment revenue.

See the “Segment Operating Results” below for additional details on each segment’s revenue and Adjusted EBITDA performance.

Cost of Sales:

Cost of sales for the year ended April 30, 2025, of $431.4 million, decreased $148.3 million, or 26% as compared with the prior year. On a constant currency basis, cost of sales decreased 26% as compared with the prior year primarily due to the prior year including employee and marketing costs related to the University Services business which was sold on January 1, 2024 and, to a lesser extent, lower employee costs related to the Wiley Edge business which was sold on May 31, 2024.

Excluding the cost of sales from the Held for Sale or Sold segment, cost of sales decreased 1% on a constant currency basis primarily due to lower product development and inventory-related costs, partially offset by higher royalty costs.

Operating and Administrative Expenses:

Operating and administrative expenses for the year ended April 30, 2025, of $947.4 million decreased $66.1 million, or 7%, as compared with the prior year. On a constant currency basis, operating and administrative expenses decreased 7% as compared with the prior year primarily reflecting lower employee related costs and, to a lesser extent, lower depreciation and amortization, partially offset by an increase in enterprise modernization costs.

30

Index

Excluding the operating and administrative expenses from the Held for Sale or Sold segment, operating and administrative expenses decreased 1% as compared with the prior year on a constant currency basis primarily due to lower depreciation and amortization and, to a lesser extent, employments costs, partially offset by an increase in enterprise modernization costs.

Impairment of Goodwill:

We recorded an impairment of goodwill in the year ended April 30, 2024, of $108.4 million. This charge is reflected in the Impairment of goodwill in the Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss).

Due to the segment realignment in the first quarter of fiscal year 2024, we were required to test goodwill for impairment immediately before and after our segment realignment in accordance with applicable accounting standards. Prior to the realignment, we concluded that the fair value of the University Services reporting unit within the former Academic segment was below its carrying value, which resulted in a pretax noncash goodwill impairment of $11.4 million. University Services was adversely impacted by market conditions and headwinds for online degree programs, which led to a decline in projected enrollments from existing partners, pricing pressures and revenue share concessions, and a decline in new partner additions over both the short-term and long-term which adversely impacted forecasted revenue growth and operating cash flows. Such impairment reduced the goodwill of the University Services reporting unit to zero.

After the realignment, we concluded that the fair value of the CrossKnowledge reporting unit within the Held for Sale or Sold segment was below its carrying value, which resulted in a pretax noncash goodwill impairment of $15.3 million. CrossKnowledge was adversely impacted by a decline in the demand for its offerings, which resulted in lower sales and a decline in average contract value, that adversely impacted forecasted revenue growth and operating cash flows. Such impairment reduced the goodwill of the CrossKnowledge reporting unit to zero.

As a result of signing the agreement to sell Wiley Edge and the decrease in the fair value of the business which was impacted by a decline in placements in the third quarter of fiscal year 2024, we tested the goodwill of the Wiley Edge reporting unit within the Held for Sale or Sold segment for impairment. We concluded that the fair value of the Wiley Edge reporting unit was below its carrying value, which resulted in a pretax noncash goodwill impairment of $81.7 million in the three months ended January 31, 2024. Such impairment reduced the goodwill of the Wiley Edge reporting unit to zero. See Note 11, “Goodwill and Intangible Assets” for details on these charges.

Restructuring and Related Charges:

We recorded restructuring and related charges in the years ended April 30, 2025 and 2024 of $25.6 million and $63.0 million, respectively. These charges are reflected in the Restructuring and related charges in the Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss).

Global Restructuring Program

Beginning in fiscal year 2023, the Company initiated the Global Restructuring Program which was expanded in fiscal year 2024 to include those actions that will focus Wiley on its leading global position in the development and application of new knowledge and drive greater profitability, growth, and cash flow. We will focus on our strongest and most profitable businesses and large market opportunities in Research and Learning, as well as streamline our organization and rightsize our cost structure to reflect these portfolio actions. Under this program, we reduced our real estate square footage occupancy by approximately 35%.

In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2025, the program was further extended due to the completion of our divestitures with a focus on optimizing our cost structure, with particular emphasis on aligning our technology costs and other corporate expenses. As a result of these initiatives, this expanded program will include severance related charges, facility-related costs associated with certain properties, and other activities.

Excluding actions related to the Held for Sale or Sold segment, we anticipate to yield annualized cost savings of approximately $100 million, with approximately $80 million of that realized this fiscal year from actions taken starting in fiscal year 2024.

For the years ended April 30, 2025 and 2024, we recorded pretax restructuring charges of $29.4 million and $61.6 million, respectively, related to this program.

31

Index

See Note 7, “Restructuring and Related Charges” for more details on these charges.

Business Optimization Program

For the years ended April 30, 2025 and 2024, we recorded pretax restructuring credits of $(3.8) million and charges of $1.4 million, respectively, related to this program.

See Note 7, “Restructuring and Related Charges” for more details on these credits and charges.

For the impact of our restructuring programs on diluted earnings (loss) per share, see the section below, “Diluted Earnings (Loss) per Share (EPS).”

Amortization of Intangible Assets:

Amortization of intangible assets was $51.8 million for the year ended April 30, 2025, a decrease of $4.2 million, or 7% as compared with the prior year. On a constant currency basis, amortization of intangible assets decreased 8% as compared with the prior year primarily due to the cessation of amortization for held-for-sale assets and the completion of amortization of certain acquired intangible assets. See Note 4, “Acquisitions and Divestitures” for more details on these divestitures.

Operating Income, Adjusted Operating Income (OI) and Adjusted EBITDA:

Operating income for the year ended April 30, 2025, of $221.4 million increased $169.1 million, as compared with the prior year. On a constant currency basis, the operating income increase was consistent with the reported increase as compared with the prior year. The increase was primarily due to lower costs of sales, and the $108.4 million impairment of goodwill in the prior year and, to a lesser extent, lower operating and administrative expenses, and restructuring charges, partially offset by a decrease in revenue.

Adjusted OI on a constant currency basis increased 29% as compared with the prior year. The increase in Adjusted OI was primarily due to an increase in Adjusted Revenue and, to a lesser extent, lower operating and administrative expenses.

Adjusted EBITDA on a constant currency basis increased 8% as compared with the prior year primarily due to an increase in Adjusted Revenue, partially offset by higher operating and administrative expenses.

Adjusted OI

Below is a reconciliation of our consolidated US GAAP Operating Income to Non-GAAP Adjusted OI:

Year Ended April 30,
20252024
US GAAP Operating Income$221,409$52,261
Adjustments:
Restructuring and related charges25,56163,041
Impairment of goodwill108,449
Held for Sale or Sold segment Adjusted Operating Loss (Income) (1)3,578(28,711)
Non-GAAP Adjusted OI$250,548$195,040
Column 1Column 2
(1)Our Adjusted OI excludes the impact of our Held for Sale or Sold segment Adjusted Operating Loss or (Income).

32

Index

Adjusted EBITDA

Below is a reconciliation of our consolidated US GAAP Net Income (Loss) to Non-GAAP EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA:

Year Ended April 30,
20252024
Net Income (Loss)$84,161$(200,319)
Interest expense52,54749,003
Provision for income taxes58,71713,272
Depreciation and amortization147,126176,989
Non-GAAP EBITDA342,55138,945
Impairment of goodwill108,449
Restructuring and related charges25,56163,041
Net foreign exchange transaction losses8,1422,959
Net loss on sale of businesses, assets, and impairment charges related to assets held-for-sale23,340183,389
Other (income) expense, net(5,498)3,957
Held for Sale or Sold segment Adjusted EBITDA (1)3,578(32,148)
Non-GAAP Adjusted EBITDA$397,674$368,592
Column 1Column 2
(1)Our Non-GAAP Adjusted EBITDA excludes the Held for Sale or Sold segment Non-GAAP Adjusted EBITDA.

Interest Expense:

Interest expense for the year ended April 30, 2025, was $52.5 million compared with the prior year of $49.0 million. This increase was primarily due to a higher weighted average effective interest rate on borrowings.

Foreign Exchange Transaction (Losses):

Foreign exchange transaction losses were $(8.1) million for the year ended April 30, 2025, and were primarily due to losses on our intercompany accounts receivable and payable balances and, to a lesser extent, losses on our foreign currency denominated third-party receivable and payable balances due to the impact of the change in average foreign exchange rates as compared to the US dollar. In the year ended April 30, 2025, we wrote off an additional net gain of $1.4 million in cumulative translation adjustments from our Russian entity which was formally liquidated in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2025.

Foreign exchange transaction losses were $(3.0) million for the year ended April 30, 2024, and were primarily due to losses on our foreign currency denominated third-party receivable and payable balances and, to a lesser extent, losses on our intercompany accounts receivable and payable balances due to the impact of the change in average foreign exchange rates as compared to the US dollar. In fiscal year 2023, due to the closure of our operations in Russia, our Russian entity was deemed substantially liquidated. As a result, cumulative translation adjustments associated with that entity were recognized. In the year ended April 30, 2024, we wrote off an additional net gain of $1.0 million in cumulative translation adjustments from our Russian entity.

33

Index

Net Loss on Sale of Businesses, Assets, and Impairment Charges Related to Assets Held-for-Sale:

For the years ended April 30, 2025 and 2024, we recorded pretax loss on sale of businesses, assets, and impairment charges related to assets held-for-sale as follows:

Year Ended April 30,
20252024
CrossKnowledge$4,119$(55,440)
Wiley Edge(14,852)(19,401)
University Services(12,578)(107,048)
Tuition Manager120(1,500)
Sale of assets(149)
Net loss on sale of businesses, assets, and impairment charges related to assets held-for-sale$(23,340)$(183,389)

These charges are reflected in Net (loss) gain on sale of businesses, assets, and impairment charges related to assets held-for-sale on our Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss).

On August 31, 2024, we completed the sale of CrossKnowledge which was included in our Held for Sale or Sold segment. The pretax loss on sale was $51.3 million after accounting for the assets sold, liabilities transferred upon sale, transaction costs, and the write-off of cumulative translation adjustments in earnings. In connection with the held-for-sale classification prior to the sale, we recognized cumulative impairment charges of $51.0 million on the remeasurement of the disposal group at the lower of carrying value or fair value less costs to sell, which included $55.4 million recognized in fiscal year 2024. Upon the completion of the sale, we recognized a net gain of $4.1 million in the year ended April 30, 2025, primarily due to subsequent changes in the fair value less costs to sell, as well as changes in the carrying amount of the disposal group.

On May 31, 2024, we completed the sale of Wiley Edge which was included in our Held for Sale or Sold segment, with the exception of its India operations which sold on August 31, 2024. The pretax loss on sale was $34.3 million after accounting for the assets sold, liabilities transferred upon sale, transaction costs, and the write-off of cumulative translation adjustments in earnings. In connection with the held-for-sale classification, during fiscal year 2024, we recognized cumulative impairment charges of $19.4 million on the remeasurement of the disposal group at the lower of carrying value or fair value less costs to sell. Upon the completion of the sale, we recognized a net loss of $14.9 million in the year ended April 30, 2025, primarily due to subsequent changes in the fair value less costs to sell including reducing the fair value of the contingent consideration in the form of an earnout from $15.0 million to zero in the third quarter of fiscal year 2025, partially offset by the sale of the India operations. See Note 4, "Acquisitions and Divestitures" for further details.

On January 1, 2024, we completed the sale of University Services, which was included in our Held for Sale or Sold segment. On June 5, 2025, Wiley entered into an agreement with Metis Aggregator L.P. and Vistria AP Aggregator, LLC to sell the Seller Note, the fiscal year 2026 University Services Earnout, and the TVG Investment, and agreed with Upper Holdings and Academic Partnerships on the fiscal year 2025 University Services Earnout for total cash consideration of $119.5 million (Sale Agreement), which was fully paid in June 2025. As a result of this Sale Agreement, all amounts due to Wiley in accordance with the University Services Agreement have been settled. In the year ended April 30, 2025, due to the process of selling these assets, as well as third-party customer consents, working capital adjustments, and changes in the costs to sell, we recognized an additional net loss on sale and impairments of assets of $12.6 million.

In the year ended April 30, 2025, there was a reduction in the pretax loss on the sale of our Tuition Manager business previously in our Held for Sale or Sold segment of $0.1 million due to a selling price adjustment for cash received after the closing.

In the year ended April 30, 2025, we sold a facility which was reflected in Technology, property, and equipment, net in our Consolidated Statements of Financial Position which resulted in a pretax loss on sale of $0.2 million.

34

Index

In the year ended April 30, 2024, we recorded a held-for-sale pretax impairment of $74.8 million which includes $19.4 million for Wiley Edge and $55.4 million for CrossKnowledge. The pretax loss on the sale of University Services and Tuition Manager was $107.0 million and $1.5 million, respectively.

See Note 4, “Acquisitions and Divestitures” for more details on these divestitures.

Other Income (Expense), Net:

Other income, net was $5.5 million for the year ended April 30, 2025 compared with the prior year Other (expense), net of $(4.0) million, an increase of $9.5 million. This change was primarily due to an increase in interest income related to the seller notes as a result of the sale of University Services and Wiley Edge. See Note 4, “Acquisitions and Divestitures” for more details on these divestitures.

Provision for Income Taxes:

Below is a reconciliation of our US GAAP Income (Loss) Before Taxes to Non-GAAP Adjusted Income Before Taxes:

Year Ended April 30,
20252024
US GAAP Income (Loss) Before Taxes$142,878$(187,047)
Pretax Impact of Adjustments:
Impairment of goodwill108,449
Restructuring and related charges25,56163,041
Foreign exchange losses on intercompany transactions, including the write off of certain cumulative translation adjustments5,5901,903
Amortization of acquired intangible assets51,86457,874
Net loss on sale of businesses, assets, and impairment charges related to assets held-for-sale23,340183,389
Held for Sale or Sold segment Adjusted Income Before Taxes (1)3,578(30,661)
Non-GAAP Adjusted Income Before Taxes$252,811$196,948
Column 1Column 2
(1)Our Adjusted Income Before Taxes excludes the Adjusted Income Before Taxes of our Held for Sale or Sold segment.

35

Index

Below is a reconciliation of our US GAAP Income Tax Provision to Non-GAAP Adjusted Income Tax Provision, including our US GAAP Effective Tax Rate and our Non-GAAP Adjusted Effective Tax Rate:

Year Ended April 30,
20252024
US GAAP Income Tax Provision$58,717$13,272
Income Tax Impact of Adjustments (1):
Impairment of goodwill2,953
Restructuring and related charges5,94715,662
Foreign exchange losses on intercompany transactions, including the write off of certain cumulative translation adjustments1,170582
Amortization of acquired intangible assets10,23120,127
Net loss on sale of businesses, assets, and impairment charges related to assets held-for-sale2,36826,908
Held for Sale or Sold segment Adjusted Tax Provision (2)807(7,140)
Income Tax Adjustments
Impact of valuation allowance on the US GAAP effective tax rate (3)(26,008)(30,249)
Impact of change in certain US state tax rates in 2025 (4)(117)
Non-GAAP Adjusted Income Tax Provision$53,115$42,115
US GAAP Effective Tax Rate41.1%(7.1)%
Non-GAAP Adjusted Effective Tax Rate21.0%21.4%
(1)For the years ended April 30, 2025 and 2024, substantially all of the tax impact was from deferred taxes.
(2)Our Adjusted Income Tax Provision excludes the Adjusted Tax Provision of our Held for Sale or Sold segment.
(3)In the years ended April 30, 2025 and 2024, there was a $26.0 million and $30.2 million, respectively, impact on the US GAAP effective tax rate due to the valuation allowance on deferred tax assets in the US.
(4)Change in the allocation of state apportionment factors and applicable state tax rates.

The Company's effective tax rate for the year ended April 30, 2025, was primarily driven by the impact of the US valuation allowance, the rates of tax imposed on income earned in foreign jurisdictions, and state taxes.

In fiscal year 2024, due to temporary differences in the US, our deferred taxes reversed from a net deferred tax liability position to a net deferred tax asset position. Due to losses in the US resulting from impairments, restructuring, and acceleration of amortization expense on capitalized software, we concluded it was more-likely-than-not that all or a portion of our deferred tax asset may not be realized. As a result, we established a valuation allowance of $30.2 million. During fiscal year 2025 we increased this valuation allowance by $26.0 million, because of an increase in the US net deferred tax asset attributable primarily to interest expense disallowance and the capitalization of R&D expenses.

Excluding the restructuring and related charges, impact of valuation allowance, and other adjustments noted in the table above, the Non-GAAP Adjusted Effective Tax Rate for the year ended April 30, 2025, was 21.0%. The Non-GAAP Adjusted Effective Tax Rate for the year ended April 30, 2024, was 21.4%. The decrease in the Non-GAAP Adjusted Effective Tax Rate before these items was primarily due to the mix of earnings by jurisdiction for the year ended April 30, 2025.

36

Index

Diluted Earnings (Loss) Per Share (EPS):

EPS for the year ended April 30, 2025, was $1.53 per share compared to a loss of $(3.65) per share in the prior year. This increase was primarily due to an increase in operating income, a decrease in the pretax net loss on sale of businesses, assets, and impairment charges related to assets held-for-sale, partially offset by an increase in the provision for income taxes in the year ended April 30, 2025.

Below is a reconciliation of our US GAAP Earnings (Loss) Per Share to Non-GAAP Adjusted EPS. The amount of the pretax and the related income tax impact for the adjustments included in the table below are presented in the section above, “Provision for Income Taxes.”

Year Ended April 30,
20252024
US GAAP Earnings (Loss) Per Share$1.53$(3.65)
Adjustments:
Impairment of goodwill1.90
Restructuring and related charges0.360.85
Foreign exchange losses on intercompany transactions, including the write off of certain cumulative translation adjustments0.080.02
Amortization of acquired intangible assets0.760.68
Net loss on sale of businesses, assets, and impairment charges related to assets held-for-sale0.382.81
Held for Sale or Sold segment Adjusted Net Loss (Income) (1)0.05(0.42)
Income tax adjustments0.480.54
EPS impact of using weighted-average dilutive shares for adjusted EPS calculation (2)0.05
Non-GAAP Adjusted EPS$3.64$2.78
(1)Our Adjusted EPS excludes the Adjusted Net Loss (Income) of our Held for Sale or Sold segment.
(2)Represents the impact of using diluted weighted-average number of common shares outstanding (55.7 million shares for the year ended April 30, 2024) included in the Non-GAAP Adjusted EPS calculation in order to apply the dilutive impact on adjusted net income due to the effect of unvested restricted stock units and other stock awards. This impact occurs when a US GAAP net loss is reported and the effect of using dilutive shares is antidilutive.

On a constant currency basis, Adjusted EPS increased 31% primarily due to an increase in Adjusted Operating Income and, to a lesser extent, an increase in interest income.

37

Index

SEGMENT OPERATING RESULTS:

Year Ended April 30,% Change Favorable (Unfavorable)Constant Currency % Change Favorable (Unfavorable)
RESEARCH20252024
Revenue:
Research Publishing$922,553$892,7843%3%
Research Solutions152,906149,9212%2%
Total Research1,075,4591,042,7053%3%
Cost of Sales278,867281,1091%1%
Direct Expenses336,484323,392(4)%(4)%
Allocated Corporate Expenses160,959155,495(4)%(3)%
Amortization of Intangibles43,56944,9463%4%
Adjusted Operating Income255,580237,7637%8%
Depreciation and Amortization89,30293,4224%5%
Adjusted EBITDA$344,882$331,1854%5%
Adjusted EBITDA Margin32.1%31.8%

Revenue:

Research revenue for the year ended April 30, 2025, increased $32.8 million, or 3%, as compared with the prior year. On a constant currency basis, revenue increased 3% as compared with the prior year primarily due to an increase in author-funded open access, institutional models, AI licensing revenue and, to a lesser extent, Research Solutions, partially offset by a decrease in ancillary and print products. The increase in Research Solutions was due to an increase in databases, and content solutions for corporations, partially offset by a decrease in recruitment. Open access article output growth was approximately 16% as compared with the prior year. Research AI licensing revenue for the year ended April 30, 2025 was approximately $11 million.

Adjusted EBITDA:

On a constant currency basis, Adjusted EBITDA increased 5% as compared with the prior year. This increase was primarily due to higher revenue, partially offset by higher employment related costs.

38

Index

Year Ended April 30,% Change Favorable (Unfavorable)Constant Currency % Change Favorable (Unfavorable)
LEARNING20252024
Revenue:
Academic$333,693$323,5413%3%
Professional251,075251,1980%0%
Total Learning Revenue584,768574,7392%2%
Cost of Sales144,758145,0540%0%
Direct Expenses142,204145,5142%2%
Allocated Corporate Expenses114,703132,39413%14%
Amortization of Intangibles8,2539,0449%9%
Adjusted Operating Income174,850142,73323%22%
Depreciation and Amortization43,90057,69624%24%
Adjusted EBITDA$218,750$200,4299%9%
Adjusted EBITDA Margin37.4%34.9%

Revenue:

Learning revenue for the year ended April 30, 2025, increased $10.0 million, or 2%, as compared with the prior year. On a constant currency basis, revenue increased 2% as compared with the prior year primarily due to an increase in licensing revenue, including AI revenue, and growth in Academic from steady market conditions, notably student enrollment, the shift to inclusive access, and growth in digital content and courseware, partially offset by a decrease in Academic print book sales and retail channel softness in Professional. Learning AI licensing revenue for the year end April 30, 2025 was $29 million compared to $23 million in the prior year due to demand for Academic and Professional backlisted content.

Adjusted EBITDA:

On a constant currency basis, Adjusted EBITDA increased 9% as compared with the prior year. This increase was primarily due to higher revenue and, to a lesser extent, a decrease in employee costs as a result of recent restructuring actions, and lower technology costs.

39

Index

Year Ended April 30,% Change Favorable (Unfavorable)Constant Currency % Change Favorable (Unfavorable)
HELD FOR SALE OR SOLD20252024
Total Held for Sale or Sold Revenue$17,382$255,543(93)%(93)%
Cost of Sales7,755153,55995%95%
Direct Expenses10,36548,12778%78%
Allocated Corporate Expenses2,84023,14288%88%
Amortization of Intangibles2,004##
Adjusted Operating Income(3,578)28,711##
Depreciation and Amortization3,437##
Adjusted EBITDA$(3,578)$32,148##
Adjusted EBITDA Margin(20.6)%12.6%

# Not meaningful

Revenue:

Held for Sale or Sold revenue for the year ended April 30, 2025, decreased $238.2 million, or 93%, as compared with the prior year on a reported and constant currency basis as compared with the prior year. This was primarily due to the sale of University Services on January 1, 2024, Wiley Edge on May 31, 2024, with the exception of its India operations which sold on August 31, 2024, and CrossKnowledge on August 31, 2024.

Adjusted EBITDA:

On a constant currency basis, Adjusted EBITDA decreased $35.7 million as compared with the prior year. This decrease was primarily due to the sale of the University Services, Wiley Edge, and CrossKnowledge businesses.

Year Ended April 30,% Change Favorable (Unfavorable)Constant Currency % Change Favorable (Unfavorable)
CORPORATE EXPENSES20252024
Unallocated Corporate Expenses179,882185,4563%3%
Adjusted Corporate Expenses(179,882)(185,456)3%3%
Depreciation and Amortization13,92422,43438%38%
Adjusted EBITDA$(165,958)$(163,022)(2)%(2)%

On a constant currency basis, adjusted corporate expenses of $166.0 million on an Adjusted EBITDA basis increased 2% as compared with the prior year. This was primarily due to an increase in enterprise modernization costs.

40

Index

FISCAL YEAR 2024 AS COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR 2023 SUMMARY RESULTS

Discussions of our results of operations for the year ended April 30, 2024, compared to April 30, 2023, have been omitted under this item, but may be found in Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2024, which was filed with the SEC on June 26, 2024.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES:

Principal Sources of Liquidity

We believe that our operating cash flow, together with our revolving credit facilities and other available debt financing, will be adequate to meet our operating, investing, and financing needs in the next twelve months. Operating cash flow provides the primary source of cash to fund operating needs and capital expenditures. Excess operating cash is used to fund shareholder dividends and share repurchases. Other discretionary uses of cash flow include investments and acquisitions to complement and grow our portfolio of businesses. As necessary, we may supplement operating cash flow with debt to fund these activities. The overall cash position of the Company reflects our durable business results and a global cash management strategy that considers liquidity management, economic factors, and tax considerations. Our cash and cash equivalents are maintained at a number of financial institutions. To mitigate the risk of uninsured balances, we select financial institutions based on their credit ratings and financial strength, and we perform ongoing evaluations of these institutions to limit our concentration risk exposure to any financial institution.

As of April 30, 2025, we had cash and cash equivalents of $85.9 million, of which approximately all was located outside the US. Maintenance of these cash and cash equivalent balances outside the US does not have a material impact on the liquidity or capital resources of our operations. We intend to repatriate earnings from our non-US subsidiaries, and to the extent we repatriate these funds to the US, we may be required to pay taxes in various US state and local jurisdictions and withholding or similar taxes in applicable non-US jurisdictions in the periods in which such repatriation occurs. Accordingly, as of April 30, 2025, we have recorded a deferred tax liability of approximately $2.2 million related to the estimated taxes that would be incurred upon repatriating certain non-US earnings to the US.

On November 30, 2022, we entered into the second amendment to the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (collectively, the Amended and Restated CA). See Note 14, “Debt and Available Credit Facilities” for more details on the amendment. The Amended and Restated CA provided for senior unsecured credit facilities comprised of the following (i) a five-year revolving credit facility in an aggregate principal amount up to $1.115 billion which matures November 2027, (ii) a five-year term loan A facility consisting of $200 million which matures November 2027, and (iii) $185 million aggregate principal amount revolving credit facility which matured in May 2024.

As of April 30, 2025, we had approximately $799.4 million of debt outstanding, net of unamortized issuance costs of $0.4 million, and approximately $500.7 million of unused borrowing capacity under our Amended and Restated CA and other facilities. Our Amended and Restated CA contains certain restrictive covenants related to our consolidated leverage ratio and interest coverage ratio, which we were in compliance with as of April 30, 2025.

Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments

A summary of contractual obligations and commercial commitments, excluding unrecognized tax benefits further described in Note 13, “Income Taxes,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, as of April 30, 2025, is as follows:

41

Index

Payments Due by Period (in millions)
TotalWithin Year 12–3 Years4–5 YearsAfter 5 Years
Total debt(1)$799.8$10.0$789.8$$
Interest on debt(2)94.441.053.4
Non-cancellable leases122.323.134.029.136.1
Minimum royalty obligations308.591.7134.764.317.8
Other operating commitments138.760.957.120.7
Total$1,463.7$226.7$1,069.0$114.1$53.9
(1)Total debt is exclusive of unamortized issuance costs of $0.4 million.
(2)Interest on debt includes the effect of our interest rate swap agreements and the estimated future interest payments on our unhedged variable rate debt, assuming that the interest rates as of April 30, 2025, remain constant until the maturity of the debt.

Analysis of Historical Cash Flow

The following table shows the changes in our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows:

Years Ended April 30,
20252024
Net cash provided by operating activities$202,591$207,638
Net cash used in investing activities(94,018)(106,643)
Net cash used in financing activities(125,330)(107,221)
Effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash$3,146$(1,493)

Cash flow from operations is seasonally a use of cash in the first half of Wiley’s fiscal year principally due to the timing of collections for annual Journal Subscriptions and Transformational Agreements, which typically occurs in the beginning of the second half of our fiscal year.

Free cash flow less product development spending helps assess our ability, over the long term, to create value for our shareholders, as it represents cash available to repay debt, pay common dividends, and fund share repurchases, and acquisitions. Below are the details of Free cash flow less product development spending.

Free Cash Flow Less Product Development Spending:

Years Ended April 30,
20252024
Net cash provided by operating activities$202,591$207,638
Less: Additions to technology, property and equipment(61,473)(76,080)
Less: Product development spending(15,228)(17,262)
Free cash flow less product development spending$125,890$114,296

42

Index

Net Cash Provided By Operating Activities

2025 Compared to 2024

The following is a summary of the $5.0 million change in Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended April 30, 2025, as compared with the year ended April 30, 2024 (amounts in millions).

Net cash provided by operating activities – Year ended April 30, 2024$207.6
Net income adjusted for items to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities, which would include such noncash items as depreciation and amortization, net losses on sale of businesses, assets, and impairment charges related to assets held-for-sale, restructuring charges, and the change in deferred taxes(18.7)
Working capital changes:
Accounts receivable, net and contract liabilities11.3
Accounts payable and accrued royalties46.6
Changes in other assets and liabilities(44.2)
Net cash provided by operating activities – Year ended April 30, 2025$202.6

The favorable change in accounts receivable, net and contract liabilities, was primarily due to the timing of collections and billings to customers.

The favorable change in accounts payable and accrued royalties was due to the timing of payments.

The unfavorable changes in other assets and liabilities noted in the table above was primarily due to higher employee related costs which was due to higher annual incentive compensation paid in fiscal year 2025 related to fiscal year 2024 performance, and higher costs related to cloud computing arrangements associated with targeted enterprise modernization work in fiscal year 2025. These cloud computing costs are capitalizable and amortized but included in cash flow from operations rather than cash flow from investing activities. These factors were partially offset by lower restructuring payments in fiscal year 2025.

Our negative working capital (current assets less current liabilities) was $381.0 million and $419.2 million as of April 30, 2025, and April 30, 2024, respectively. The primary driver of the negative working capital is the benefit realized from unearned contract liabilities related to subscriptions for which cash has been collected in advance. The contract liabilities will be recognized as revenue when the products are shipped or made available online to the customers over the term of the subscription. Current liabilities as of April 30, 2025, and as of April 30, 2024 include contract liabilities of $462.7 million and $483.8 million, respectively, primarily related to deferred subscription revenue for which cash was collected in advance.

Cash collected in advance for subscriptions is used by us for a number of purposes, including funding operations, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt repayments, dividend payments, and share repurchases.

Net Cash Used In Investing Activities

2025 Compared to 2024

Net cash used in investing activities in the year ended April 30, 2025, was $94.0 million compared to $106.6 million in the prior year. The decrease in cash used in investing activities was primarily due to $14.6 million of lower additions for technology, property, and equipment in fiscal year 2025, partially offset by higher net cash transferred in fiscal year 2025 related to the sale of businesses and assets. See Note 4, “Acquisitions and Divestitures” for more information related to the divestitures that occurred in the years ended April 30, 2025 and 2024.

43

Index

Net Cash Used In Financing Activities

2025 Compared to 2024

Net cash used in financing activities in the year ended April 30, 2025, was $125.3 million compared to $107.2 million in the year ended April 30, 2024. This increase in cash used was primarily due to lower net debt borrowings of $14.3 million in fiscal year 2025, and a $15.4 million increase in cash used for purchases of treasury shares in fiscal year 2025, partially offset by a $9.1 million change in book overdrafts.

In the years ended April 30, 2025 and 2024, our quarterly dividend to shareholders was $1.41 and $1.40 per share annualized, respectively.

During the year ended April 30, 2020, our Board of Directors approved an additional share repurchase program of $200 million of Class A or B Common Stock. As of April 30, 2025, we had authorization from our Board of Directors to purchase up to $57.4 million that was remaining under this program. During the years ended April 30, 2025 and 2024, we purchased $60.0 million and $45.1 million, respectively, under this program.

The following table summarizes the shares repurchased of Class A and B Common Stock (shares in thousands):

Years Ended April 30,
20252024
Shares repurchased – Class A1,1861,294
Shares repurchased – Class B1733
Average Price – Class A and Class B$44.16$34.71

The total amount purchased and the average price per share excludes excise taxes payable on share repurchases and may differ from the share repurchases reflected in Purchases of treasury shares in our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

2024 Compared to 2023

A discussion of changes in our cash flows for the year ended April 30, 2024, compared to the year ended April 30, 2023, has been omitted under this item, but may be found in Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Liquidity and Capital Resources” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2024, which was filed with the SEC on June 26, 2024.

44

Index

RECENTLY ISSUED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING STANDARDS, ACCOUNTING GUIDANCE, AND DISCLOSURE REQUIREMENTS

We are subject to numerous recently issued statements of financial accounting standards, accounting guidance, and disclosure requirements. The information set forth in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” in Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Recently Issued and Recently Adopted Accounting Standards,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is incorporated by reference and describes these new accounting standards.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES:

The preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements and related disclosures in conformity with US GAAP requires our management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements, and revenue and expenses during the reporting period. These estimates include, among other items, sales return reserves, allocation of acquisition purchase price to assets acquired and liabilities assumed, assets and liabilities held-for-sale, goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, intangible assets with definite lives and other long-lived assets, and retirement plans. We review these estimates and assumptions periodically using historical experience and other factors and reflect the effects of any revisions on the Consolidated Financial Statements in the period we determine any revisions to be necessary. Actual results could differ from those estimates, which could affect the reported results. In Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” in Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Recently Issued and Recently Adopted Accounting Standards” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements includes a summary of the significant accounting policies and methods used in preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements. Set forth below is a discussion of our more critical accounting policies and methods.

Revenue Recognition:

In Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” see Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Recently Issued, and Recently Adopted Accounting Standards” in the section "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”, and see Note 3, “Revenue Recognition, Contracts with Customers,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details of our revenue recognition policy.

Sales Return Reserves:

In Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” see Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Recently Issued, and Recently Adopted Accounting Standards” in the section “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details of our sales return reserves.

A one percent change in the estimated sales return rate could affect net income by approximately $2.2 million. A change in the pattern or trends in returns could also affect the estimated allowance.

Allocation of Acquisition Purchase Price to Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed:

In connection with acquisitions, we allocate the cost of the acquisition to the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed based on the estimates of fair value for such items, including intangible assets. The excess of the purchase consideration over the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recorded as goodwill. The determination of the acquisition date fair value of the assets acquired, and liabilities assumed, requires us to make significant estimates and assumptions, such as, if applicable, forecasted revenue growth rates and operating cash flows, royalty rates, customer attrition rates, obsolescence rates of developed technology, and discount rates. We may use a third-party valuation consultant to assist in the determination of such estimates.

In Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” see Note 4, “Acquisitions and Divestitures” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details of our acquisitions.

45

Index

Assets and Liabilities Held-for-Sale:

In response to changes in market conditions and our ongoing initiatives to simplify our portfolio to drive sustained performance improvement, we may also strategically realign our resources and consider disposing of certain businesses. We classify assets as held-for-sale when management commits to a plan to sell, the assets are available for immediate sale in their present condition, we have initiated an active program to find a buyer, and the sale is probable within one year. Assets must be actively marketed at a reasonable price, and the plan should indicate completion is likely without significant changes.

The disposal group that is classified as held-for-sale is initially measured at the lower of its carrying value or fair value less any costs to sell. The determination of the fair value less costs to sell is based on indicative sales values and may require us to make judgments on significant estimates and assumptions regarding forecasted information such as revenue growth, gross profit, EBITDA, depreciation and amortization, capital expenditures, and discount rates. We may use a third-party valuation consultant to assist in the determination of such estimates. The fair value of a disposal group less any costs to sell is assessed each reporting period it remains classified as held-for-sale and any subsequent change is reported as an adjustment to the carrying value of the disposal group, as long as the new carrying value does not exceed the carrying value of the asset at the time it was initially classified as held-for-sale.

The disposal group's fair value was based on the selling price components in the purchase agreements for University Services and Wiley Edge, which included earnouts. These earnouts were valued using a Monte Carlo simulation and classified as Level 3 in the ASC Topic 820 fair value hierarchy. This method considers the terms of the purchase agreements and our best estimates of forecasted revenue or gross profit for the earnout periods. It simulates a range of possible outcomes based on estimated volatility. The fair value was calculated as the present value of the average potential payouts, using a risk-adjusted discount rate. The earnout amount may change based on final results.

In Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” see Note 4, “Acquisitions and Divestitures” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details of our divestitures.

Goodwill and Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets:

Goodwill is reviewed for possible impairment at least annually on a reporting unit level during the fourth quarter of each year. Our annual impairment assessment date is February 1. A review of goodwill may be initiated before or after conducting the annual analysis if events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of goodwill may no longer be recoverable.

A reporting unit is the operating segment unless, at businesses one level below that operating segment – the “component” level, discrete financial information is prepared and regularly reviewed by management, and the component has economic characteristics that are different from the economic characteristics of the other components of the operating segment, in which case the component is the reporting unit.

As part of the annual impairment test, we may elect to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. In a qualitative assessment, we would consider the macroeconomic conditions, including any deterioration of general conditions and industry and market conditions, including any deterioration in the environment where the reporting unit operates, increased competition, changes in the products/services and regulatory and political developments, cost of doing business, overall financial performance, including any declining cash flows and performance in relation to planned revenues and earnings in past periods, other relevant reporting unit specific facts, such as changes in management or key personnel or pending litigation, and events affecting the reporting unit, including changes in the carrying value of net assets.

If the results of our qualitative assessment indicate it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, we are required to perform a quantitative assessment to determine the fair value of the reporting unit.

Alternatively, if an optional qualitative goodwill impairment assessment is not performed, we may perform a quantitative assessment. Under the quantitative assessment, we compare the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value, including the goodwill allocated to the reporting unit. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeded its carrying value, there would be no indication of impairment. If the fair value of the reporting unit were less than the carrying value, an impairment charge would be recognized for the difference.

46

Index

We derive an estimate of fair values for each of our reporting units using a combination of an income approach and a market approach. Absent an indication of fair value from a potential buyer or similar specific transactions, we believe that the use of these methods provides a reasonable estimate of a reporting unit’s fair value.

Fair value computed by these methods is arrived at using a number of key assumptions including forecasted revenues and related growth rates, forecasted operating cash flows, the discount rate, and the selection of relevant market multiples of comparable publicly-traded companies with similar characteristics to the reporting unit. There are inherent uncertainties, however, related to these factors and to our judgment in applying them to this analysis. We believe that the combination of these methods provides a reasonable approach to estimate the fair value of our reporting units.

Income Approach Used to Determine Fair Values

The income approach is based upon the present value of expected cash flows. Expected cash flows are converted to present value using factors that consider the timing and risk of the future cash flows. The estimate of cash flows used is prepared on an unleveraged debt-free basis. We use a discount rate that reflects a market-derived weighted average cost of capital. We believe that this approach is appropriate because it provides a fair value estimate based upon the reporting unit’s expected long-term operating and cash flow performance. The projections are based upon our best estimates of forecasted economic and market conditions over the related period including growth rates, expected changes in forecasted operating cash flows, and cash expenditures. Other estimates and assumptions include terminal value long-term growth rates, provisions for income taxes, future capital expenditures, and changes in future cashless, debt-free working capital. Changes in any of these assumptions could materially impact the estimated fair value of our reporting units. Our forecasts take into account the near and long-term expected business performance, considering the long-term market conditions and business trends within the reporting units. However, changes in these assumptions may impact our ability to recover the allocated goodwill in the future. For further discussion of the factors that could result in a change in our assumptions, see “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Market Approach Used to Determine Fair Values

The market approach estimates the fair value of the reporting unit by applying multiples of operating performance measures to the reporting unit’s operating performance (the Guideline Public Company Method). These multiples are derived from comparable publicly-traded companies with similar investment characteristics to the reporting unit, and such comparable data are reviewed and updated as needed annually. We believe that this approach is appropriate because it provides a fair value estimate using multiples from entities with operations and economic characteristics comparable to our reporting units and Wiley.

The key estimates and assumptions that are used to determine fair value under this market approach include current and forward 12-month revenue and EBITDA results, as applicable, and the selection of the relevant multiples to be applied. Under the Guideline Public Company Method, a control premium, or an amount that a buyer is usually willing to pay over the current market price of a publicly-traded company is considered and applied to the calculated equity values to adjust the public trading value upward for a 100% ownership interest, where applicable.

In order to assess the reasonableness of the calculated fair values of our reporting units, we also compare the sum of the reporting units’ fair values to our market capitalization and calculate an implied control premium (the excess of the sum of the reporting units’ fair values over the market capitalization). We evaluate the control premium by comparing it to control premiums of recent comparable market transactions. If the implied control premium is not reasonable in light of these recent transactions, we will reevaluate our fair value estimates of the reporting units by adjusting the discount rates and/or other assumptions.

If our assumptions and related estimates change in the future, or if we change our reporting unit structure or other events and circumstances change (such as a sustained decrease in the price of our common stock, a decline in current market multiples, a significant adverse change in legal factors or business climates, an adverse action or assessment by a regulator, heightened competition, strategic decisions made in response to economic or competitive conditions, or a more-likely-than-not expectation that a reporting unit or a significant portion of a reporting unit will be sold or disposed of), we may be required to record impairment charges in future periods. Any impairment charges that we may take in the future could be material to our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.

47

Index

Fiscal Year 2025 and 2024 Annual Goodwill Impairment Test

As of February 1, 2025 and 2024, we completed a qualitative assessment for our annual goodwill impairment test for our reporting units within Research and Learning segments. This assessment included consideration of key factors including macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations, cost factors, financial performance, and other relevant entity and reporting unit-specific events. Based on our qualitative assessment, we determined it was not more likely than not that the fair value of any reporting unit was less than its carrying amount. As such, it was not necessary to perform a quantitative test. There have been no significant events or circumstances affecting the valuation of goodwill subsequent to the qualitative assessment performed as of February 1, 2025.

Fiscal Year 2024 Segment Realignment Goodwill Impairment Test

In the first quarter of fiscal year 2024, we began to operate under a new organizational structure, which resulted in a change in our composition of our reportable segments, which resulted in a change in our reporting units. The Learning reportable segment includes two reporting units, Academic and Professional, and the Held for Sale or Sold reportable segment includes three reporting units, University Services, Wiley Edge, and CrossKnowledge. No changes were made to the Research reportable segment. As a result of this realignment, we are required to test goodwill for impairment immediately before and after the realignment. Since there were no changes to the Research reportable segment, no interim impairment test of the Research reportable segment goodwill was required.

Goodwill Impairment Before Realignment

Prior to the realignment, we concluded that the fair value of the Academic Publishing, Talent Development (which includes Wiley Edge) and Professional Learning reporting units were above their carrying values. Therefore, there was no indication of impairment. The carrying value of the University Services reporting unit was above its fair value which resulted in a pretax noncash goodwill impairment of $11.4 million. Such impairment reduced the goodwill of the University Services reporting unit to zero. This charge is reflected in Impairment of goodwill in the Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss).

University Services was adversely impacted by market conditions and headwinds for online degree programs, which lead to a decline in projected enrollments from existing partners, pricing pressures and revenue share concessions, and a decline in new partner additions over both the short-term and long-term which adversely impacted forecasted revenue growth and operating cash flows.

The key assumptions underlying the estimate of the fair value of the University Services reporting unit included the following:

•Future cash flow assumptions – the projections for future cash flows utilized in the model were derived from historical experience and assumptions regarding future growth and profitability of the reporting unit. These projections include forecasted revenues and related growth rates, and forecasted operating cash flows, and are consistent with our operating budget and strategic plan. We applied a compounded annual growth rate of approximately 4.6% for forecasted sales in our projected cash flows through fiscal year 2031. Beyond the forecasted period, a terminal value was determined using a perpetuity growth rate of 3.0% to reflect our estimate of stable and perpetual growth.

•Discount rate based on the weighted average cost of capital (WACC) – the WACC is the rate used to discount the reporting unit’s estimated future cash flows. The WACC is calculated based on a proportionate weighting of the cost of debt and equity. The cost of equity is based on a capital asset pricing model and includes a company-specific risk premium to capture the perceived risks and uncertainties associated with the reporting unit’s projected cash flows. The cost of debt component is calculated based on the after-tax cost of debt of Moody’s Baa-rated corporate bonds. The cost of debt and equity is weighted based on the debt to market capitalization ratio of publicly traded companies with similarities to the University Services reporting unit. The WACC applied to the University Services reporting unit was 17%.

•Valuation Multiples – for the Guideline Public Company Method, we applied relevant current and forward 12-month EBITDA multiples based on an evaluation of multiples of publicly-traded companies with similarities to the University Services reporting unit. The multiples applied ranged from 4.5x to 6.0x EBITDA.

48

Index

Prior to performing the goodwill impairment test for University Services, we also evaluated the recoverability of long-lived assets of the reporting unit. The carrying value of the long-lived assets that were tested for impairment was approximately $231.0 million. When indicators of impairment are present, we test definite lived and long-lived assets for recoverability by comparing the carrying value of an asset group to an estimate of the future undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset group. We considered the lower-than-expected revenue and forecasted operating cash flows over a sustained period of time, and downward revisions to our cash flow forecasts for this reporting unit to be indicators of impairment for their long-lived assets. Based on the results of the recoverability test, we determined that the undiscounted cash flows of the asset group of the University Services reporting unit exceeded the carrying value. Therefore, there was no impairment.

Goodwill Impairment After Realignment

After the realignment, we concluded that the fair value of the Academic, Professional, and Wiley Edge reporting units was above their carrying values. Therefore, there was no indication of impairment. As noted above, the goodwill of the University Services reporting unit was zero and no further testing of goodwill for impairment was required. The carrying value of the CrossKnowledge reporting unit was above its fair value, which resulted in a pretax noncash goodwill impairment of $15.3 million. This charge is reflected in Impairment of goodwill in the Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss).

CrossKnowledge was adversely impacted by a decline in the demand for its offerings, which resulted in lower sales and a decline in average contract value that adversely impacted forecasted revenue growth and operating cash flows.

The key assumptions underlying the estimate of the fair value of the CrossKnowledge reporting unit included the following:

•Future cash flow assumptions – the projections for future cash flows utilized in the model were derived from historical experience and assumptions regarding future growth and profitability of the reporting unit. These projections include forecasted revenues and related growth rates, and forecasted operating cash flows, and are consistent with our operating budget and strategic plan. We applied a compounded annual growth rate of approximately 3.3% for forecasted sales in our projected cash flows through fiscal year 2032. Beyond the forecasted period, a terminal value was determined using a perpetuity growth rate of 2.0% to reflect our estimate of stable and perpetual growth.

•Discount rate based on the WACC – the WACC is the rate used to discount the reporting unit’s estimated future cash flows. The WACC is calculated based on a proportionate weighting of the cost of debt and equity. The cost of equity is based on a capital asset pricing model and includes a company-specific risk premium to capture the perceived risks and uncertainties associated with the reporting unit’s projected cash flows. The cost of debt component is calculated based on the after-tax cost of debt of Moody’s Baa-rated corporate bonds. The cost of debt and equity is weighted based on the debt to market capitalization ratio of publicly traded companies with similarities to the CrossKnowledge reporting unit. The WACC applied to the CrossKnowledge reporting unit was 16%.

•Valuation Multiples – for the Guideline Public Company Method, we applied relevant current and forward 12-month EBITDA multiples based on an evaluation of multiples of publicly-traded companies with similarities to the CrossKnowledge reporting unit. The multiples applied ranged from 6.0x to 7.0x EBITDA.

Prior to performing the goodwill impairment test for CrossKnowledge, we also evaluated the recoverability of long-lived assets of the reporting unit. The carrying value of the long-lived assets that were tested for impairment was approximately $50.2 million. When indicators of impairment are present, we test definite lived and long-lived assets for recoverability by comparing the carrying value of an asset group to an estimate of the future undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset group. We considered the lower-than-expected revenue and forecasted operating cash flows over a sustained period of time, and downward revisions to our cash flow forecasts for this reporting unit to be indicators of impairment for their long-lived assets. Based on the results of the recoverability test, we determined that the undiscounted cash flows of the asset group of the CrossKnowledge reporting unit exceeded the carrying value. Therefore, there was no impairment.

49

Index

Wiley Edge Fiscal Year 2024 Interim Impairment Test

As a result of signing the stock and asset purchase agreement (Edge Agreement) with Inspirit Vulcan Bidco Limited, a private limited company incorporated in England & Wales (Inspirit) and the decrease in the fair value of the business which was impacted by a decline in placements in the third quarter of fiscal year 2024, we tested the goodwill of the Wiley Edge reporting unit for impairment. We estimated the fair value of the reporting unit based on the terms and conditions in the Edge Agreement at that time which reflected a selling price that included $10.0 million in cash, $18.3 million in the form of a loan, a fair value estimate for an earnout, and an estimate for a working capital adjustment.

We concluded that the carrying value of the Wiley Edge reporting unit was above its fair value which resulted in a pretax noncash goodwill impairment of approximately $81.7 million in the three months ended January 31, 2024. Such impairment reduced the goodwill of the Wiley Edge reporting unit to zero. This charge is reflected in Impairment of goodwill in the Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss). The impairment was due to subsequent changes in the fair value resulting from the continued progression of the selling process, indications of changes in the consideration for the business, and a decline in placements in the third quarter of fiscal year 2024, as well as changes in the carrying amounts of the disposal group.

As described further above in Part I, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” under the caption “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates - Assets and Liabilities Held-for-Sale” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the fair value of the earnout was based on a Monte Carlo simulation.

Prior to performing the goodwill impairment test for Wiley Edge, we also evaluated the recoverability of long-lived assets of the reporting unit. The carrying value of the long-lived assets that were tested for impairment was approximately $141.5 million. We considered the changes in the fair value of the consideration for the business due to the continued progression of the selling process to be an indicator of impairment for its long-lived assets. Based on the results of the recoverability test, we determined that the undiscounted cash flows of the asset group of the Wiley Edge reporting unit exceeded the carrying value. Therefore, there was no impairment.

Fiscal Year 2025 and 2024 Annual Indefinite-lived Intangible Impairment Test

We also review our indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually, which consists of brands and trademarks and certain acquired publishing rights.

For fiscal year 2025 and 2024, we performed a qualitative assessment for our annual indefinite-lived intangible assets impairment test. This assessment included consideration of key factors including macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations, cost factors, financial performance, and other relevant entity and reporting unit-specific events. Based on our qualitative assessment, we determined it was not more likely than not that the fair value of any indefinite-lived intangible asset was less than its carrying amount. As such, it was not necessary to perform a quantitative test.

Intangible Assets with Definite Lives and Other Long-Lived Assets:

See Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Recently Issued, and Recently Adopted Accounting Standards,” in the section “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details of definite lived intangible assets and other long-lived assets.

Retirement Plans:

We provide defined benefit pension plans for certain employees worldwide. Our Board of Directors approved amendments to the US, Canada, and UK defined benefit plans that froze the future accumulation of benefits effective June 30, 2013, December 31, 2015, and April 30, 2015, respectively. Under the amendments, no new employees will be permitted to enter these plans and no additional benefits for current participants for future services will be accrued after the effective dates of the amendments.

The accounting for benefit plans is highly dependent on assumptions concerning the outcome of future events and circumstances, including discount rates, long-term return rates on pension plan assets, healthcare cost trends, compensation increases, and other factors. In determining such assumptions, we consult with outside actuaries and other advisors.

50

Index

The discount rates for the US, Canada, and UK pension plans are based on the derivation of a single-equivalent discount rate using a standard spot rate curve and the timing of expected benefit payments as of the balance sheet date. The spot rate curves are based upon portfolios of corporate bonds rated at Aa or above by a respected rating agency. The discount rate for Germany is based on the expected benefit payments for the sample mixed population plan. The expected long-term rates of return on pension plan assets are estimated using forecasted returns for the asset classifications within the asset portfolio, and a composite return assumption range is determined using a weighted average based on each plan’s target asset allocation percentage. Salary growth and healthcare cost trend assumptions are based on our historical experience and future outlook. While we believe that the assumptions used in these calculations are reasonable, differences in actual experience or changes in assumptions could materially affect the expense and liabilities related to our defined benefit pension plans. A hypothetical one percent increase in the discount rate would increase net income and decrease the accrued pension liability by approximately $1.0 million and $63.4 million, respectively. A one percent decrease in the discount rate would decrease net income and increase the accrued pension liability by approximately $0.6 million and $73.0 million, respectively. A one percent change in the expected long-term rate of return would affect net income by approximately $3.7 million.

51

Index

FY 2024 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0000107140-24-000114.

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2024-06-26. Report date: 2024-04-30.

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The information in our Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (MD&A) should be read together with our Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes set forth in Part II, Item 8, as well as the discussion included in Part I, Item 1, “Business,” “Cautionary Notice Regarding Forward-Looking Statements “Safe Harbor” Statement under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995” and “Non-GAAP Financial Measures,” along with Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. All amounts and percentages are approximate due to rounding and all dollars are in thousands, except per share amounts or where otherwise noted. When we cross-reference to a “Note,” we are referring to our “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,” in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” unless the context indicates otherwise.

Overview

Wiley is one of the world’s largest publishers and a global leader in research and learning. The Company’s content, services, platforms, and knowledge networks are tailored to meet the evolving needs of its customers and partners, including researchers, students, instructors, professionals, institutions, and corporations. Wiley empowers knowledge seekers to transform today’s biggest obstacles into tomorrow’s brightest opportunities. For more than two centuries, the Company has been delivering on its timeless mission to unlock human potential. Wiley is a predominantly digital company with over 83% of its revenue for the year ended April 30, 2024 generated by digital products and services excluding the Held for Sale or Sold segment revenue. For the year ended April 30, 2024, 48% of revenue excluding the Held for Sale or Sold segment revenue is recurring which includes revenue that is contractually obligated or set to recur with a high degree of certainty.

On June 1, 2023, Wiley’s Board of Directors approved a plan to divest certain businesses that we determined are non-core businesses. Those businesses are University Services, Wiley Edge, and CrossKnowledge. On January 1, 2024 we completed the sale of University Services. On January 8, 2024 we entered into an agreement to sell our Wiley Edge business, which closed on May 31, 2024, with the exception of its India operations. The sale of Wiley Edge’s India operation will be finalized later in calendar year 2024. We expect to complete the sale of CrossKnowledge by the second quarter of fiscal year 2025. As a result of these planned divestitures, in the three months ended July 31, 2023 we reorganized our segments and our new structure consists of three reportable segments which includes Research (no change), Learning, and Held for Sale or Sold, as well as a Corporate expense category (no change). Prior period segment results have been recast to the new segment presentation. There were no changes to our consolidated financial results.

•Research is unchanged and includes the reporting lines of Research Publishing and Research Solutions;

•Learning includes the Academic and Professional reporting lines and consists of publishing and related knowledge solutions;

•Held for Sale or Sold includes businesses held-for-sale including Wiley Edge, and CrossKnowledge, as well as those sold in fiscal year 2024 which includes University Services, and Tuition Manager, and in fiscal year 2023 Test Prep and Advancement Courses.

Through the Research segment, we provide peer-reviewed scientific, technical, and medical (STM) publishing, content platforms, and related services to academic, corporate, and government customers, academic societies, and individual researchers. The Learning segment provides scientific, professional, and education print and digital books, digital courseware to libraries, corporations, students, professionals, and researchers, as well as assessment services to businesses and professionals.

Wiley’s business strategies are tightly aligned with healthy solid growth trends, including ever-increasing global R&D spend leading to consistent growth in scientific research output, the transition to open research, and the increasing application of new knowledge into solutions to solve real world problems. These strategies include driving publishing output to meet the global demand for peer-reviewed research and expanding platform and service offerings for corporations and societies. Learning strategies include selectively scaling high-value digital content, courseware, and assessments where the Company sees opportunity. We continue to implement strategies to efficiently and effectively manage print revenue declines while driving growth in our digital lines of business.

30

Index

Consolidated Results of Operations

FISCAL YEAR 2024 AS COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR 2023 SUMMARY RESULTS

SUMMARY

•US GAAP Results: Revenue of $1,873.0 million (-7% compared with the prior year), Operating income of $52.3 million (-6% compared with the prior year), and Diluted Loss per Share of $(3.65) (-$3.96 compared with the prior year).

•Adjusted Results at Constant Currency (excluding Held for Sale or Sold segment results): Adjusted Revenue of $1,617.4 million (-1% compared with the prior year), Adjusted EBITDA of $368.6 million (-3% compared with the prior year), and Adjusted EPS of $2.78 (-19% compared with the prior year).

•Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities of $207.6 million ($-69.4 million compared with the prior year) and Free Cash Flow Less Product Development Spending of $114.3 million ($-58.7 million compared with the prior year) primarily due to lower cash earnings and higher restructuring payments.

Revenue:

Revenue for the year ended April 30, 2024 decreased $146.9 million, or 7%, as compared with the prior year. On a constant currency basis, revenue decreased 8% as compared with the prior year. Excluding the revenues from the Held for Sale or Sold segment, Adjusted Revenue decreased 1% on a constant currency basis.

Adjusted Revenue

Below is a reconciliation of our consolidated US GAAP Revenue to Non-GAAP Adjusted Revenue:

Year Ended April 30,
20242023
US GAAP Revenue, net$1,872,987$2,019,900
Less: Held for Sale or Sold Segment (1)(255,543)(393,194)
Non-GAAP Adjusted Revenue, net$1,617,444$1,626,706
Column 1Column 2
(1)Our Adjusted Revenue, net excludes the impact of our Held for Sale or Sold segment revenue.

See the “Segment Operating Results” below for additional details on each segment’s revenue and Adjusted EBITDA performance.

Cost of Sales:

Cost of sales for the year ended April 30, 2024 of $579.7 million decreased $112.8 million, or 16% as compared with the prior year. On a constant currency basis, cost of sales decreased 17% as compared with the prior year. This was primarily due to lower marketing and employee costs for the University Services business and, to a lesser extent, lower employee costs related to the Wiley Edge business. Excluding the cost of sales from the Held for Sale or Sold segment, cost of sales decreased 3% on a constant currency basis primarily due to a decrease in revenue.

31

Index

Operating and Administrative Expenses:

Operating and administrative expenses for the year ended April 30, 2024 of $1,013.5 million decreased $23.9 million, or 2%, as compared with the prior year. On a constant currency basis, operating and administrative expenses decreased 3% as compared with the prior year primarily reflecting lower employee costs associated with recent restructuring actions and, to a lesser extent, a $3.7 million charge related to the settlement of a litigation mater related to consideration for a previous acquisition in the three months ended January 31, 2023, and lower professional fees. These were partially offset by higher amortization due to the decision to discontinue the use of certain capitalized software resulting in accelerated amortization and impairments of $15.9 million, partially offset by the cessation of depreciation for held-for-sale assets. Excluding the operating and administrative expenses from the Held for Sale or Sold segment, operating and administrative expenses increased 1% on a constant currency basis.

Impairment of Goodwill:

We recorded an impairment of goodwill in the years ended April 30, 2024 and 2023 of $108.4 million and $99.8 million, respectively. These charges are reflected in the Impairment of goodwill in the Consolidated Statements of (Loss) Income.

Fiscal Year 2024

Due to the segment realignment in the first quarter of fiscal year 2024, we were required to test goodwill for impairment immediately before and after our segment realignment in accordance with applicable accounting standards. Prior to the realignment, we concluded that the fair value of the University Services reporting unit within the former Academic segment was below its carrying value, which resulted in a pretax noncash goodwill impairment of $11.4 million. University Services was adversely impacted by market conditions and headwinds for online degree programs, which lead to a decline in projected enrollments from existing partners, pricing pressures and revenue share concessions, and a decline in new partner additions over both the short-term and long-term which adversely impacted forecasted revenue growth and operating cash flows.

After the realignment, we concluded that the fair value of the CrossKnowledge reporting unit within the Held for Sale or Sold segment was below its carrying value, which resulted in a pretax noncash goodwill impairment of $15.3 million. CrossKnowledge was adversely impacted by a decline in the demand for its offerings, which have resulted in lower sales and a decline in average contract value, that adversely impacted forecasted revenue growth and operating cash flows.

On January 8, 2024, we entered into a stock and asset purchase agreement (Purchase Agreement) with Inspirit Vulcan Bidco Limited, a private limited company incorporated in England & Wales (Inspirit), pursuant to which we agreed to sell our emerging talent and reskill training business, Wiley Edge (Business), to Inspirit (Transaction). The sale of Wiley Edge, with the exception of its India operation, was completed on May 31, 2024. The sale of Wiley Edge’s India operation will be finalized later in calendar year 2024. As a result of signing the Purchase Agreement with Inspirit and the decrease in the fair value of the business which was impacted by a decline in placements in the third quarter of fiscal year 2024, we tested the goodwill of the Wiley Edge reporting unit within the Held for Sale or Sold segment for impairment. We concluded that the fair value of the Wiley Edge reporting unit was below its carrying value, which resulted in a pretax noncash goodwill impairment of $81.7 million in the three months ended January 31, 2024.

Fiscal Year 2023

Due to the segment realignment in the third quarter of fiscal year 2023, we were required to test goodwill for impairment immediately before and after our segment realignment in accordance with applicable accounting standards. Prior to the realignment, we concluded that the fair value of the Education Services reporting unit was below its carrying value, which resulted in a pretax noncash goodwill impairment of $31.0 million. Education Services was adversely impacted by market conditions and headwinds for online degree programs. This has led to a decline in projected student enrollments from existing partners, pricing pressures and revenue share concessions, and a decline in new partner additions over both the short-term and long-term, which adversely impacted forecasted revenue growth and operating cash flows. This was partially offset by projected growth in talent placements, partially due to expansion into new regions and the addition of new corporate clients, which were forecasted to have a positive impact on revenue growth and operating cash flows.

32

Index

After the realignment, we concluded that the fair value of the University Services reporting unit within the Academic segment was below its carrying value, which resulted in an additional pretax noncash goodwill impairment of $68.8 million. University Services was adversely impacted by market conditions and headwinds for online degree programs, which lead to a decline in projected enrollments from existing partners, pricing pressures and revenue share concessions, and a decline in new partner additions over both the short-term and long-term which adversely impacted forecasted revenue growth and operating cash flows.

See Note 11, “Goodwill and Intangible Assets” for details on these charges.

Restructuring and Related Charges:

We recorded restructuring and related charges in the years ended April 30, 2024 and 2023 of $63.0 million and $49.4 million, respectively. These charges are reflected in the Restructuring and related charges (credits) in the Consolidated Statements of (Loss) Income.

Global Restructuring Program

In May 2022, the Company initiated a global program (Global Restructuring Program) to restructure and align our cost base with current and anticipated future market conditions, which was previously referred to as the Fiscal Year 2023 Restructuring Program. This program included severance related charges for the elimination of certain positions, the exit of certain leased office space, and the reduction of our occupancy at other facilities. Under this program, we reduced our real estate square footage occupancy by approximately 22%.

In the three months ended July 31, 2023, we expanded the scope of the program to include those actions that will focus Wiley on its leading global position in the development and application of new knowledge and drive greater profitability, growth, and cash flow. We will focus on our strongest and most profitable businesses and large market opportunities in Research and Learning, as well as streamline our organization and rightsize our cost structure to reflect these portfolio actions. As part of the Global Restructuring Program, we are further reducing our real estate square footage occupancy by approximately 13%.

Excluding actions related to the Held for Sale or Sold segment, we anticipate to yield annualized cost savings of approximately $65 million, with approximately $36 million of that realized this fiscal year.

For the years ended April 30, 2024 and 2023, we recorded pretax restructuring charges of $61.6 million and $48.9 million, respectively, related to this program.

We anticipate ongoing severance related charges and facility-related costs associated with certain properties to result in additional restructuring charges in future periods.

See Note 7, “Restructuring and Related Charges (Credits)” for more details on these charges.

Business Optimization Program

For the years ended April 30, 2024 and 2023, we recorded pretax restructuring charges of $1.4 million and $0.5 million, respectively, related to this program.

See Note 7, “Restructuring and Related Charges (Credits)” for more details on these charges.

For the impact of our restructuring programs on diluted (loss) earnings per share, see the section below, “Diluted (Loss) Earnings per Share (EPS).”

33

Index

Amortization of Intangible Assets:

Amortization of intangible assets was $56.0 million for the year ended April 30, 2024, a decrease of $28.9 million, or 34% as compared with the prior year. On a constant currency basis, amortization of intangible assets decreased 35% as compared with the prior year primarily due to the cessation of amortization for held-for-sale assets and, to a lesser extent, the prior year period including $4.6 million due to the acceleration of expense related to the discontinued use of the mthree trademark, and the completion of amortization of certain acquired intangible assets. See Note 4, “Acquisitions and Divestitures” for more details on these held-for-sale assets.

Operating Income, Adjusted Operating Income (OI) and Adjusted EBITDA:

Operating income for the year ended April 30, 2024 of $52.3 million decreased $3.6 million, or 6% as compared with the prior year. On a constant currency basis, operating income decreased 7% as compared with the prior year. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease in revenue, partially offset by lower costs of sales and, to a lesser extent, lower operating and administrative expenses, and a decrease in the amortization of intangible assets.

Adjusted OI on a constant currency basis decreased 8% as compared with the prior year primarily due to lower Adjusted Revenue and, to a lesser extent, higher operating and administrative expenses, partially offset by lower cost of sales.

Adjusted EBITDA on a constant currency basis, decreased 3% as compared with the prior year primarily due to lower Adjusted Revenue.

Adjusted OI

Below is a reconciliation of our consolidated US GAAP Operating Income to Non-GAAP Adjusted OI:

Year Ended April 30,
20242023
US GAAP Operating Income$52,261$55,890
Adjustments:
Restructuring and related charges63,04149,389
Impairment of goodwill108,44999,800
Legal settlement (1)3,671
Accelerated amortization of an intangible asset (2)4,594
Held for Sale or Sold segment Adjusted Operating Income (3)(28,711)(1,186)
Non-GAAP Adjusted OI$195,040$212,158
(1)We settled a litigation matter related to consideration for a previous acquisition for $3.7 million during the three months ended January 31, 2023. This amount is reflected in Operating and administrative expenses on our Consolidated Statements of (Loss) Income.
(2)As described above, we determined that a revision of the useful life of the mthree trademark was warranted, and the intangible asset was fully amortized over its remaining useful life resulting in accelerated amortization expense of $4.6 million in the three months ended July 31, 2022.
(3)Our Adjusted OI excludes the impact of our Held for Sale or Sold segment Adjusted Operating Income.

34

Index

Adjusted EBITDA

Below is a reconciliation of our consolidated US GAAP Net (Loss) Income to Non-GAAP EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA:

Year Ended April 30,
20242023
Net (Loss) Income$(200,319)$17,233
Interest expense49,00337,745
Provision for income taxes13,27215,867
Depreciation and amortization176,989213,253
Non-GAAP EBITDA38,945284,098
Impairment of goodwill108,44999,800
Legal settlement3,671
Restructuring and related charges63,04149,389
Foreign exchange losses (gains), including the write off of certain cumulative translation adjustments2,959(894)
Losses (gains) on sale of businesses and certain assets and impairment charges related to assets held-for-sale183,389(10,177)
Other expense (income), net3,957(3,884)
Held for Sale or Sold segment Adjusted EBITDA (1)(32,148)(42,677)
Non-GAAP Adjusted EBITDA$368,592$379,326
Column 1Column 2
(1)Our Non-GAAP Adjusted EBITDA excludes the Held for Sale or Sold segment Non-GAAP Adjusted EBITDA.

Interest Expense:

Interest expense for the year ended April 30, 2024, was $49.0 million compared with the prior year of $37.7 million. This increase was primarily due to a higher weighted average effective interest rate.

Foreign Exchange Transaction (Losses) Gains:

Foreign exchange transaction losses were $(3.0) million for the year ended April 30, 2024, and were primarily due to losses on our foreign currency denominated third-party receivable and payable balances and, to a lesser extent, losses on our intercompany accounts receivable and payable balances due to the impact of the change in average foreign exchange rates as compared to the US dollar. In fiscal year 2023, due to the closure of our operations in Russia, our Russian entity was deemed substantially liquidated. As a result, cumulative translation adjustments associated with that entity were recognized. In the year ended April 30, 2024, we wrote off an additional net $1.0 million in cumulative translation adjustments from our Russian entity.

Foreign exchange transaction gains were $0.9 million for the year ended April 30, 2023, and were primarily due to the write off of the $1.1 million cumulative translation adjustment in earnings since the Russia entity was deemed substantially liquidated. As described above, we were substantially complete with our exit from Russia as of April 30, 2023.

(Losses) Gains on Sale of Businesses and Certain Assets and Impairment Charges Related to Assets Held-For-Sale:

For the year ended April 30, 2024, we recorded pretax losses on sale of businesses and impairment charges related to assets held-for-sale of $183.4 million.

The losses on sale of businesses are due to the sale of our University Services and Tuition Manager businesses previously in our Held for Sale or Sold segment, which resulted in a pretax loss of approximately $107.0 million and $1.5 million, respectively.

35

Index

As of April 30, 2024, Wiley Edge and CrossKnowledge continue to be reported as held-for-sale. On January 8, 2024 we entered into an agreement to sell our Wiley Edge business, which closed on May 31, 2024, with the exception of its India operations. The sale of Wiley Edge’s India operation will be finalized later in calendar year 2024. We expect to complete the sale of CrossKnowledge by the second quarter of fiscal year 2025. We measured each disposal group at the lower of carrying value or fair value less costs to sell. We recorded a held-for-sale pretax impairment of $74.8 million, which includes $19.4 million for Wiley Edge and $55.4 million for CrossKnowledge.

The pretax gain on sale of businesses for the year ended April 30, 2023, was $10.2 million. As part of our ongoing initiatives to simplify our portfolio and focus our attention on strategic growth areas, we completed two dispositions during the year ended April 30, 2023. Both were included in our Held for Sale or Sold segment. On February 28, 2023, we completed the sale of Wiley’s Efficient Learning test prep portfolio business. In addition, on March 31, 2023, we completed the sale of our advancement courses business.

See Note 4, “Acquisitions and Divestitures” for more details on these divestitures and the held-for-sale businesses.

Other (Expense) Income, Net:

Other (expense), net was $(4.0) million for the year ended April 30, 2024 compared with the prior year Other income, net of $3.9 million, a decrease of $7.9 million. This change was primarily due to pension expense for our defined benefit plans in fiscal year 2024 compared to pension income in fiscal year 2023, partially offset by interest income in fiscal year 2024 related to the sellers note as a result of the sale of University Services. See Note 4, “Acquisitions and Divestitures” for more details on these divestitures and the held-for-sale businesses.

Provision for Income Taxes:

Below is a reconciliation of our US GAAP (Loss) Income Before Taxes to Non-GAAP Adjusted Income Before Taxes:

Year Ended April 30,
20242023
US GAAP (Loss) Income Before Taxes$(187,047)$33,100
Pretax Impact of Adjustments:
Impairment of goodwill108,44999,800
Legal settlement3,671
Pension income related to the wind up of the Russia plan(1,750)
Restructuring and related charges63,04149,389
Foreign exchange losses on intercompany transactions, including the write off of certain cumulative translation adjustments1,903457
Amortization of acquired intangible assets57,87489,177
Losses (gains) on sale of businesses and certain assets and impairment charges related to assets held-for-sale183,389(10,177)
Held for Sale or Sold segment Adjusted Income Before Taxes (1)(30,661)(26,094)
Non-GAAP Adjusted Income Before Taxes$196,948$237,573
Column 1Column 2
(1)Our Adjusted Income Before Taxes excludes the Adjusted Income Before Taxes of our Held for Sale or Sold segment.

36

Index

Below is a reconciliation of our US GAAP Income Tax Provision to Non-GAAP Adjusted Income Tax Provision, including our US GAAP Effective Tax Rate and our Non-GAAP Adjusted Effective Tax Rate:

Year Ended April 30,
20242023
US GAAP Income Tax Provision$13,272$15,867
Income Tax Impact of Adjustments (1):
Impairment of goodwill2,953
Legal settlement716
Pension income related to the wind up of the Russia plan(437)
Restructuring and related charges15,66212,151
Foreign exchange losses on intercompany transactions, including the write off of certain cumulative translation adjustments582132
Amortization of acquired intangible assets20,12720,183
Losses (gains) on sale of businesses and certain assets and impairment charges related to assets held-for-sale26,908(3,860)
Held for Sale or Sold segment Adjusted Tax Provision (2)(7,140)(5,533)
Income Tax Adjustments
Impact of increase in UK statutory rate on deferred tax balances (3)2,370
Impact of valuation allowance (4)(30,249)
Non-GAAP Adjusted Income Tax Provision$42,115$41,589
US GAAP Effective Tax Rate(7.1)%47.9%
Non-GAAP Adjusted Effective Tax Rate21.4%17.5%
(1)For the years ended April 30, 2024 and 2023, substantially all of the tax impact was from deferred taxes.
(2)Our Adjusted Income Tax Provision excludes the Adjusted Tax Provision of our Held for Sale or Sold segment.
(3)In the three months ended July 31, 2021, the UK enacted legislation that increased its statutory rate from 19% to 25% effective April 1, 2023. For the year ended April 30, 2023, we recorded a $2.4 million noncash deferred tax benefit related to pensions due to the UK statutory rate change. These adjustments impacted deferred taxes.
(4)In fiscal year 2024, due to temporary differences in the US, our deferred taxes reversed from a deferred tax liability position to a deferred tax asset position. Due to losses in the US resulting from impairments, restructuring, and acceleration of amortization expense on capitalized software, we concluded it was more-likely-than-not that all or a portion of our deferred tax asset may not be realized. As a result, we recorded a valuation allowance of $30.2 million.

The Company's effective tax rate for the fiscal year ended April 30, 2024, was primarily driven by the following items: i) an increase in the valuation allowance of $30.2 million, ii) the impairment of goodwill resulting from the segment realignment described in Note 11, “Goodwill and Intangible Assets”, and iii) the rate differential with respect to certain restructuring and related charges in foreign operations.

In fiscal year 2024, due to temporary differences in the US, our deferred taxes reversed from a net deferred tax liability position to a net deferred tax asset position. Due to losses in the US resulting from impairments, restructuring, and acceleration of amortization expense on capitalized software, we concluded it was more-likely-than-not that all or a portion of our deferred tax asset may not be realized. As a result, we increased the valuation allowance by $30.2 million.

On June 10, 2021, the UK increased its statutory corporate tax rate from 19% to 25% effective April 1, 2023. The 47.9% effective tax rate for the year ended April 30, 2023, included a $2.4 million nonrecurring, noncash US GAAP deferred tax benefit relating to the UK statutory tax rate increase.

37

Index

Excluding the $3.0 million tax benefit from the impairment of goodwill and $26.9 million tax benefit of the losses on sale of business and impairment charges related to assets held-for-sale, restructuring and related charges, impact of valuation allowance, and other adjustments noted in the table above, the Non-GAAP Adjusted Effective Tax Rate for the year ended April 30, 2024, was 21.4%. The Non-GAAP Adjusted Effective Tax Rate for the year ended April 30, 2023 was 17.5%. The increase in the Non-GAAP Adjusted Effective Tax Rate before these items was primarily due to the mix of earnings by jurisdiction for the year ended April 30, 2024.

Diluted (Loss) Earnings Per Share (EPS):

Diluted (loss) per share for the year ended April 30, 2024, was $(3.65) per share compared to earnings of $0.31 per share in the prior year. This decrease was primarily due to the losses on the sale of businesses, and the held-for-sale impairment charges in the year ended April 30, 2024 and, to a lesser extent, higher interest expense, and lower operating income.

Below is a reconciliation of our US GAAP (Loss) Earnings Per Share to Non-GAAP Adjusted EPS. The amount of the pretax and the related income tax impact for the adjustments included in the table below are presented in the section above, “Provision for Income Taxes.”

Year Ended April 30,
20242023
US GAAP (Loss) Earnings Per Share$(3.65)$0.31
Adjustments:
Impairment of goodwill1.901.77
Legal settlement0.05
Pension income related to the wind up of the Russia plan(0.02)
Restructuring and related charges0.850.66
Foreign exchange losses on intercompany transactions, including the write off of certain cumulative translation adjustments0.020.01
Amortization of acquired intangible assets0.681.21
Losses (gains) on sale of businesses and certain assets and impairment charges related to assets held-for-sale2.81(0.11)
Held for Sale or Sold segment Adjusted Net Income (1)(0.42)(0.36)
Income tax adjustments0.54(0.04)
EPS impact of using weighted-average dilutive shares for adjusted EPS calculation (2)0.05
Non-GAAP Adjusted EPS$2.78$3.48
(1)Our Adjusted EPS excludes the Adjusted Net Income of our Held for Sale or Sold segment.
(2)Represents the impact of using diluted weighted-average number of common shares outstanding (55.7 million shares for the year ended April 30, 2024) included in the Non-GAAP Adjusted EPS calculation in order to apply the dilutive impact on adjusted net income due to the effect of unvested restricted stock units and other stock awards. This impact occurs when a US GAAP net loss is reported and the effect of using dilutive shares is antidilutive.

On a constant currency basis, Adjusted EPS decreased 19% primarily due to lower Adjusted OI and, to a lesser extent, higher interest expense, higher Adjusted Effective Tax Rate, and pension expense in fiscal year 2024.

38

Index

SEGMENT OPERATING RESULTS:

In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2024, we renamed the performance metric from Adjusted Contribution to Profit to Adjusted Operating Income with no changes in the calculation of this metric.

Year Ended April 30,% Change Favorable (Unfavorable)Constant Currency % Change Favorable (Unfavorable)
RESEARCH20242023
Revenue:
Research Publishing$892,784$926,773(4)%(5)%
Research Solutions149,921153,538(2)%(3)%
Total Research1,042,7051,080,311(3)%(4)%
Cost of Sales281,109286,3612%3%
Operating Expenses478,887463,731(3)%(2)%
Amortization of Intangibles44,94646,2353%4%
Adjusted Operating Income237,763283,984(16)%(16)%
Depreciation and Amortization93,42293,0080%0%
Adjusted EBITDA$331,185$376,992(12)%(13)%
Adjusted EBITDA Margin31.8%34.9%

Revenue:

Research revenue for the year ended April 30, 2024 decreased $37.6 million, or 3%, as compared with the prior year. On a constant currency basis, revenue decreased 4% as compared with the prior year. This decrease was primarily due to the full year impact related to the carryover of the Hindawi publishing disruption experienced in fiscal year 2023 and, to a lesser extent, a decrease in Research Solutions due to market conditions. On a constant currency basis excluding Hindawi, Research revenue was flat as compared with the prior year. Hindawi’s special issues program was suspended in the third quarter of fiscal year 2023 due to the presence in certain special issues of compromised articles. Open access article output declined 23% as compared with the prior year. Excluding Hindawi, open access article output growth was approximately 18% for the year ended April 30, 2024.

Adjusted EBITDA:

On a constant currency basis, Adjusted EBITDA decreased 13% as compared with the prior year. This decrease was primarily due to revenue performance. On a constant currency basis excluding Hindawi, Research Adjusted EBITDA decreased 4% as compared with the prior year primarily due to higher incentive compensation.

39

Index

Year Ended April 30,% Change Favorable (Unfavorable)Constant Currency % Change Favorable (Unfavorable)
LEARNING20242023
Revenue:
Academic$323,541$304,6336%6%
Professional251,198241,7624%3%
Total Learning Revenue574,739546,3955%5%
Cost of Sales145,054148,9253%3%
Operating Expenses277,908288,3484%4%
Amortization of Intangibles9,0449,0220%0%
Adjusted Operating Income142,733100,10043%43%
Depreciation and Amortization57,69657,6980%0%
Adjusted EBITDA$200,429$157,79827%27%
Adjusted EBITDA Margin34.9%28.9%

Revenue:

Learning revenue increased $28.3 million, or 5%, as compared with the prior year. On a constant currency basis, revenue increased 5% as compared with prior year. This increase was primarily due to approximately $23 million related to a content rights project for training GenAI large language models in both Academic and Professional, and continued growth in Academic digital content and courseware, partially offset by a decrease in print book sales. On a constant currency basis excluding the GenAI project, Learning revenue increased 1% as compared with the prior year.

Adjusted EBITDA:

On a constant currency basis, Adjusted EBITDA increased 27% as compared with the prior year. This increase was primarily due to revenue performance and, to a lesser extent, a decrease in employee costs after recent restructuring actions.

40

Index

Year Ended April 30,% Change Favorable (Unfavorable)Constant Currency % Change Favorable (Unfavorable)
HELD FOR SALE OR SOLD20242023
Total Held for Sale or Sold Revenue$255,543$393,194(35)%(36)%
Cost of Sales153,559257,25540%41%
Operating Expenses71,269109,84435%36%
Amortization of Intangibles2,00424,90992%92%
Adjusted Operating Income28,7111,186##
Depreciation and Amortization3,43741,49192%92%
Adjusted EBITDA$32,148$42,677(25)%(27)%
Adjusted EBITDA Margin12.6%10.9%

# Not meaningful

Revenue:

Held for Sale or Sold revenue decreased $137.7 million, or 35%, as compared with the prior year on a reported basis. On a constant currency basis, revenue decreased 36% as compared with prior year. This was due to a decrease in University Services due the sale of the business on January 1, 2024 and lower enrollments prior to the disposition, a decline in placement revenues and, to a lesser extent, the disposition of certain businesses in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2023 and in the first quarter of fiscal year 2024. For the year ended April 30, 2024, placements declined 51%.

Adjusted EBITDA:

On a constant currency basis, Adjusted EBITDA decreased 27% as compared with the prior year. This decrease was primarily due to lower revenues, partially offset by a decrease in marketing and employment costs in University Services due to the sale of the business on January 1, 2024 and restructuring actions and, to a lesser extent, a decrease in employee costs related to the Wiley Edge business, and the impact of the disposition of certain businesses in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2023 and in fiscal year 2024.

Year Ended April 30,% Change Favorable (Unfavorable)Constant Currency % Change Favorable (Unfavorable)
CORPORATE EXPENSES20242023
Operating Expenses$185,456$171,805(8)%(7)%
Amortization of Intangibles121##
Adjusted Corporate Expenses(185,456)(171,926)(8)%(7)%
Depreciation and Amortization22,43416,462(36)%(36)%
Adjusted EBITDA$(163,022)$(155,464)(5)%(4)%

# Not meaningful

On a constant currency basis, adjusted corporate expenses of $163.0 million on an Adjusted EBITDA basis increased 4% as compared with the prior year. This was primarily due to higher incentive compensation accruals, professional fees and, to a lesser extent, higher executive severance costs, partially offset by lower occupancy costs.

41

Index

FISCAL YEAR 2023 AS COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR 2022 SUMMARY RESULTS

Revenue:

Revenue for the year ended April 30, 2023 decreased $63.0 million, or 3%, as compared with the prior year. On a constant currency basis, revenue was flat as compared with the prior year including contributions from acquisitions. Excluding the contributions from acquisitions, revenue decreased 1% on a constant currency basis. Excluding the revenues from the Held for Sale or Sold segment, Adjusted Revenue decreased 1% on a constant currency basis.

Adjusted Revenue

Below is a reconciliation of our consolidated US GAAP Revenue to Non-GAAP Adjusted Revenue:

Year Ended April 30,
20232022
US GAAP Revenue, net$2,019,900$2,082,928
Less: Held for Sale or Sold Segment (1)(393,194)(390,377)
Non-GAAP Adjusted Revenue, net$1,626,706$1,692,551
Column 1Column 2
(1)Our Adjusted Revenue, net excludes the impact of our Held for Sale or Sold segment revenue.

See the “Segment Operating Results” below for additional details on each segment’s revenue and Adjusted EBITDA performance.

Cost of Sales:

Cost of sales for the year ended April 30, 2023 of $692.5 million decreased $8.1 million, or 1% as compared with the prior year. On a constant currency basis, cost of sales increased 2% as compared with the prior year. This increase was primarily due to higher employee costs to support the growth in placements in the Held for Sale or Sold segment, partially offset by lower royalty costs. Excluding the cost of sales from the Held for Sale or Sold segment, cost of sales decreased 3% as compared with the prior year on a constant currency basis.

Operating and Administrative Expenses:

Operating and administrative expenses for the year ended April 30, 2023 of $1,037.4 million decreased $42.2 million, or 4%, as compared with the prior year. On a constant currency basis, operating and administrative expenses were flat as compared with the prior year primarily reflecting higher technology related costs, travel and entertainment costs, and a $3.7 million charge related to the settlement of a litigation matter related to consideration for a previous acquisition. These were offset by lower professional fees, employment costs and facility related costs. Excluding operating and administrative expenses from the Held for Sale or Sold segment, expenses increased 1% on a constant currency basis.

42

Index

Impairment of Goodwill:

We recorded an impairment of goodwill in the year ended April 30, 2023 of $99.8 million. This charge is reflected in the Impairment of goodwill in the Consolidated Statements of (Loss) Income.

In accordance with applicable accounting standards, we were required to test goodwill for impairment immediately before and after our segment realignment. Prior to the realignment, we concluded that the fair value of the Education Services reporting unit was below its carrying value, which resulted in a pretax noncash goodwill impairment of $31.0 million. Education Services was adversely impacted by market conditions and headwinds for online degree programs. This has led to a decline in projected student enrollments from existing partners, pricing pressures and revenue share concessions, and a decline in new partner additions over both the short-term and long-term, which adversely impacted forecasted revenue growth and operating cash flows. This was partially offset by projected growth in talent placements, partially due to expansion into new regions and the addition of new corporate clients, which are forecasted to have a positive impact on revenue growth and operating cash flows.

After the realignment, we concluded that the fair value of the University Services reporting unit within the Academic segment was below its carrying value, which resulted in an additional pretax noncash goodwill impairment of $68.8 million. University Services was adversely impacted by market conditions and headwinds for online degree programs, which lead to a decline in projected enrollments from existing partners, pricing pressures and revenue share concessions, and a decline in new partner additions over both the short-term and long-term which adversely impacted forecasted revenue growth and operating cash flows.

See Note 11, “Goodwill and Intangible Assets” for details on these charges.

Restructuring and Related Charges (Credits):

We recorded restructuring and related charges (credits) in the years ended April 30, 2023 and 2022 of $49.4 million and credits of $(1.4) million, respectively. These charges and (credits) are reflected in the Restructuring and related charges (credits) in the Consolidated Statements of (Loss) Income.

Fiscal Year 2023 Restructuring Program

In May 2022, the Company initiated a global program to restructure and align our cost base with current and anticipated future market conditions. This program includes severance related charges for the elimination of certain positions, the exit of certain leased office space which began in the first quarter of fiscal year 2023 and the reduction of our occupancy at other facilities. We are reducing our real estate square footage occupancy by approximately 22%. We realized $35 million in savings from actions starting in fiscal year 2023.

In the three months ended January 31, 2023, due to the political instability and military actions between Russia and Ukraine, we made the decision to close our operations in Russia which primarily consisted of technology development resources. We were substantially complete with our closure as of April 30, 2023, except for the formal liquidation of our Russian legal entity.

For the year ended April 30, 2023, we recorded pretax restructuring charges of $48.9 million related to this program, which includes $8.3 million related to the closure of our operations in Russia as described above. These charges are reflected in Restructuring and related charges (credits) on our Consolidated Statements of (Loss) Income. This restructuring charge primarily reflects the following charges:

•Severance charges of $25.8 million for the elimination of certain positions;

•Impairment charges of $12.7 million, which included the impairment of operating lease right-of-use (ROU) assets of $7.6 million related to certain leases that will be subleased, and the related property and equipment of $5.1 million;

•Acceleration of expense of $2.1 million, which included the acceleration of rent expense associated with operating lease ROU assets of $0.9 million related to certain leases that will be abandoned or terminated and the related depreciation and amortization of property and equipment of $1.2 million;

•Ongoing facility-related costs with previously vacated properties that resulted in additional restructuring charges of $4.2 million; and

•Consulting, relocation and other costs of $4.1 million.

43

Index

We anticipate ongoing facility-related costs associated with certain properties to result in additional restructuring charges in future periods.

See Note 7, “Restructuring and Related Charges (Credits)” for more details on these charges.

Business Optimization Program

For the years ended April 30, 2023 and 2022, we recorded pretax restructuring charges of $0.5 million and credits of $(1.4) million, respectively, related to this program.

These charges (credits) are reflected in Restructuring and related charges (credits) in the Consolidated Statements of (Loss) Income. See Note 7, “Restructuring and Related Charges (Credits)” for more details on these charges (credits).

For the impact of our restructuring programs on diluted earnings per share, see the section below, “Diluted Earnings per Share (EPS).”

Amortization of Intangible Assets:

Amortization of intangible assets was $84.9 million for the year ended April 30, 2023, and was flat as compared to the prior year. On a constant currency basis, amortization of intangible assets increased 3% as compared with the prior year primarily due to the acceleration of expense of $4.6 million related to the discontinued use of the mthree trademark.

On January 1, 2020, Wiley acquired mthree, a talent placement provider that addresses the IT skills gap by finding, training, and placing job-ready technology talent in roles with leading corporations worldwide. Its results of operations are included in our Held for Sale or Sold segment. In late May 2022, Wiley renamed the mthree talent development solution to Wiley Edge and discontinued use of the mthree trademark during the three months ended July 31, 2022. As a result of these actions, we determined that a revision of the useful life was warranted, and the intangible asset was fully amortized over its remaining useful life resulting in accelerated amortization expense of $4.6 million in the three months ended July 31, 2022.

Operating Income, Adjusted Operating Income (OI) and Adjusted EBITDA:

Operating income for the year ended April 30, 2023 of $55.9 million decreased $163.4 million, or 75% as compared with the prior year. On a constant currency basis, operating income decreased 76% as compared with the prior year. The decrease was primarily due to the impairment of goodwill in the three months ended January 31, 2023 as described above, an increase in restructuring charges and, to a lesser extent, higher cost of sales.

Adjusted OI and Adjusted EBITDA on a constant currency basis decreased 3% and 1%, respectively, as compared with the prior year primarily due to lower Adjusted Revenue and, to a lesser extent, higher operating and administrative expenses, partially offset by lower cost of sales.

44

Index

Adjusted OI

Below is a reconciliation of our consolidated US GAAP Operating Income to Non-GAAP Adjusted OI:

Year Ended April 30,
20232022
Operating Income$55,890$219,276
Adjustments:
Restructuring charges (credits)49,389(1,427)
Impairment of goodwill99,800
Legal settlement (1)3,671
Accelerated amortization of an intangible asset (2)4,594
Held for Sale or Sold segment Adjusted Operating Income (3)(1,186)(4,094)
Non-GAAP Adjusted OI$212,158$213,755
(1)We settled a litigation matter related to consideration for a previous acquisition for $3.7 million during the three months ended January 31, 2023. This amount is reflected in Operating and administrative expenses on our Consolidated Statements of (Loss) Income.
(2)As described above, we determined that a revision of the useful life of the mthree trademark was warranted, and the intangible asset was fully amortized over its remaining useful life resulting in accelerated amortization expense of $4.6 million in the three months ended July 31, 2022.
(3)Our Adjusted OI excludes the impact of our Held for Sale or Sold segment adjusted operating income.

Adjusted EBITDA

Below is a reconciliation of our consolidated US GAAP Net Income to Non-GAAP EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA:

Year Ended April 30,
20232022
Net Income$17,233$148,309
Interest expense37,74519,802
Provision for income taxes15,86761,352
Depreciation and amortization213,253215,170
Non-GAAP EBITDA284,098444,633
Impairment of goodwill99,800
Legal settlement3,671
Restructuring and related charges (credits)49,389(1,427)
Foreign exchange (gains) losses(894)3,192
Gains on sale of businesses and certain assets(10,177)(3,694)
Other income, net(3,884)(9,685)
Held for Sale or Sold segment Adjusted EBITDA (1)(42,677)(49,121)
Non-GAAP Adjusted EBITDA$379,326$383,898
Column 1Column 2
(1)Our Non-GAAP Adjusted EBITDA excludes the Held for Sale or Sold segment Non-GAAP Adjusted EBITDA.

45

Index

Interest Expense:

Interest expense for the year ended April 30, 2023, was $37.7 million compared with the prior year of $19.8 million. This increase was primarily due to a higher weighted average effective interest rate.

Foreign Exchange Transaction Gains (Losses):

Foreign exchange transaction gains were $0.9 million for the year ended April 30, 2023, and were primarily due to the write off of the $1.1 million cumulative translation adjustment in earnings since the Russia entity was deemed substantially liquidated. As described above, we were substantially complete with our exit from Russia as of April 30, 2023.

Foreign exchange transaction losses were $(3.2) million for the year ended April 30, 2022, and were primarily due to losses on our foreign currency denominated third-party and, to a lesser extent, intercompany accounts receivable and payable balances due to the impact of the change in average foreign exchange rates as compared to the US dollar.

Gains on Sale of Businesses and Certain Assets:

The pretax gain on sale of businesses for the year ended April 30, 2023, was $10.2 million. As part of our ongoing initiatives to simplify our portfolio and focus our attention on strategic growth areas, we have completed two dispositions during the year ended April 30, 2023. Both were previously included in our Held for Sale or Sold segment. On February 28, 2023, we completed the sale of Wiley’s Efficient Learning test prep portfolio business. In addition, on March 31, 2023, we completed the sale of our advancement courses business. Neither disposition constituted a strategic shift, and the impact on our overall operations and financial results was not material. Accordingly, the operations associated with the dispositions are not reported in discontinued operations. See Note 4, “Acquisitions and Divestitures” for more details on these divestitures.

The gain on sale of certain assets for the year ended April 30, 2022, was due to the sale of our world languages product portfolio which was previously included in our Learning segment and resulted in a pretax gain of approximately $3.7 million.

Other Income, Net:

Other income, net was $3.9 million for the year ended April 30, 2023, a decrease of $5.8 million, or 60%, as compared with the prior year. On a constant currency basis, other income, net decreased 51%. This decrease was primarily due to lower pension income for our defined benefit plans, partially offset by a decrease in donations and pledges to humanitarian organizations to provide aid to those impacted by the crisis in Ukraine, and a curtailment and settlement credit due to the wind up of the Russia pension plan of $1.8 million.

46

Index

Provision for Income Taxes:

Below is a reconciliation of our US GAAP Income Before Taxes to Non-GAAP Adjusted Income Before Taxes:

Year Ended April 30,
20232022
US GAAP Income Before Taxes$33,100$209,661
Pretax Impact of Adjustments:
Impairment of goodwill99,800
Legal settlement3,671
Pension income related to the wind up of the Russia plan(1,750)
Restructuring and related charges (credits)49,389(1,427)
Foreign exchange losses on intercompany transactions, including the write off of certain cumulative translation adjustments4571,513
Amortization of acquired intangible assets89,17789,346
Gains on sale of businesses and certain assets(10,177)(3,694)
Held for Sale or Sold segment Adjusted Income Before Taxes (1)(26,094)(29,943)
Non-GAAP Adjusted Income Before Taxes$237,573$265,456
Column 1Column 2
(1)Our Adjusted Income Before Taxes excludes the Adjusted Income Before Taxes of our Held for Sale or Sold segment.

47

Index

Below is a reconciliation of our US GAAP Income Tax Provision to Non-GAAP Adjusted Income Tax Provision, including our US GAAP Effective Tax Rate and our Non-GAAP Adjusted Effective Tax Rate:

Year Ended April 30,
20232022
US GAAP Income Tax Provision$15,867$61,352
Income Tax Impact of Adjustments (1):
Legal settlement716
Pension income related to the wind up of the Russia plan(437)
Restructuring and related charges (credits)12,151(260)
Foreign exchange losses on intercompany transactions, including the write off of certain cumulative translation adjustments132597
Amortization of acquired intangible assets20,18320,816
Gain on sale of businesses and certain assets(3,860)(922)
Held for Sale or Sold segment Adjusted Tax Provision (2)(5,533)(6,987)
Income Tax Adjustments
Impact of increase in UK statutory rate on deferred tax balances (3)2,370(21,415)
Non-GAAP Adjusted Income Tax Provision$41,589$53,181
US GAAP Effective Tax Rate47.9%29.3%
Non-GAAP Adjusted Effective Tax Rate17.5%20.0%
(1)For the years ended April 30, 2023 and 2022, substantially all of the tax impact was from deferred taxes.
(2)Our Adjusted Income Tax Provision excludes the Adjusted Tax Provision of our Held for Sale or Sold segment.
(3)In the three months ended July 31, 2021, the UK enacted legislation that increased its statutory rate from 19% to 25% effective April 1, 2023. This resulted in a $21.4 million noncash deferred tax expense from the re-measurement of the Company’s applicable UK net deferred tax liabilities during the three months ended July 31, 2021. These adjustments impacted deferred taxes. For the year ended April 30, 2023, we recorded a $2.4 million noncash deferred tax benefit related to pensions due to the UK statutory rate change. These adjustments impacted deferred taxes.

The effective tax rate was 47.9% for the year ended April 30, 2023, compared to 29.3% for the year ended April 30, 2022. Our rate for the year ended April 30, 2023, was higher due to the rate differential with respect to certain restructuring charges, the impairment of non-deductible goodwill resulting from the segment realignment described in Note 11, “Goodwill and Intangible Assets,” offset by a benefit of $2.4 million relating to the effect of the increase in the UK statutory tax rate on UK pensions. On June 10, 2021, the UK increased its statutory corporate tax rate from 19% to 25% effective April 1, 2023. The 29.3% effective tax rate for the year ended April 30, 2022, was increased by a similar $21.4 million nonrecurring, noncash US GAAP deferred tax expense relating to the UK statutory tax rate increase described above.

Excluding the UK rate change, the tax implications of certain restructuring and related actions, and other unusual items, the Non-GAAP Adjusted Effective Tax Rate for the year ended April 30, 2023, was 17.5%. The Non-GAAP Adjusted Effective Tax Rate for the year ended April 30, 2022, excluding the impact of the UK statutory rate change, was 20.0%. The decrease in the Non-GAAP Adjusted Effective Tax Rate before these items was primarily due to a more favorable mix of earnings by jurisdiction for the year ended April 30, 2023.

48

Index

Diluted Earnings Per Share (EPS):

Diluted earnings per share for the year ended April 30, 2023, was $0.31 per share compared to $2.62 per share in the prior year. This decrease was due to lower operating income and, to a lesser extent, higher interest expense and lower other income. These were partially offset by a lower provision for income taxes and, to a lesser extent, an increase in the gain on sale of businesses and certain assets, and foreign exchange transaction gains.

Below is a reconciliation of our US GAAP EPS to Non-GAAP Adjusted EPS. The amount of the pretax and the related income tax impact for the adjustments included in the table below are presented in the section above, “Provision for Income Taxes.”

Year Ended April 30,
20232022
US GAAP EPS$0.31$2.62
Adjustments:
Impairment of goodwill1.77
Legal settlement0.05
Pension income related to the wind up of the Russia plan(0.02)
Restructuring and related charges (credits)0.66(0.02)
Foreign exchange losses on intercompany transactions, including the write off of certain cumulative translation adjustments0.010.02
Amortization of acquired intangible assets1.211.21
Gains on sale of businesses and certain assets(0.11)(0.05)
Held for Sale or Sold segment Adjusted Net Income (1)(0.36)(0.41)
Income tax adjustments(0.04)0.38
Non-GAAP Adjusted EPS$3.48$3.75
Column 1Column 2
(1)Our Adjusted EPS excludes the Adjusted Net Income of our Held for Sale or Sold segment.

On a constant currency basis, Adjusted EPS decreased 9% primarily due to an increase in interest expense, lower pension income, and lower Adjusted OI. These were partially offset by a lower provision for income taxes.

49

Index

SEGMENT OPERATING RESULTS:

In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2024, we renamed the performance metric from Adjusted Contribution to Profit to Adjusted Operating Income with no changes in the calculation of this metric.

Year Ended April 30,% Change Favorable (Unfavorable)Constant Currency % Change Favorable (Unfavorable)
RESEARCH20232022
Revenue:
Research Publishing$926,773$963,715(4)%(1)%
Research Solutions153,538147,6284%7%
Total Research1,080,3111,111,343(3)%0%
Cost of Sales286,361300,3735%2%
Operating Expenses463,731468,0121%(4)%
Amortization of Intangibles46,23547,7313%(1)%
Adjusted Operating Income283,984295,227(4)%(3)%
Depreciation and Amortization93,00894,8992%(1)%
Adjusted EBITDA$376,992$390,126(3)%(2)%
Adjusted EBITDA Margin34.9%35.1%

Revenue:

Research revenue for the year ended April 30, 2023 decreased $31.0 million, or 3%, as compared with the prior year. On a constant currency basis, revenue was flat as compared with the prior year. Excluding revenue from acquisitions, organic revenue decreased 1% on a constant currency basis. This decrease was primarily due to lower article volume in Research Publishing, notably in Hindawi, and to a lesser extent corporate spending headwinds in Research Solutions. Starting in the three months ended January 31, 2023, open access publishing was adversely impacted by the publishing pause in a Hindawi special issues program. The program was suspended temporarily due to the presence in certain special issues of compromised articles. As a result, Hindawi revenue for the year ended April 30, 2023 decreased $3.0 million on a constant currency basis as compared with the prior year. We have closed four Hindawi journals and retracted over 1,700 articles.

Excluding Hindawi, Wiley’s Research revenue for the year ended April 30, 2023 on a constant currency basis was flat as compared with the prior year. Open access article output was flat for the year ended April 30, 2023, as compared with the prior year. Excluding Hindawi, open access article output growth was approximately 6% for the year ended April 30, 2023.

Adjusted EBITDA:

On a constant currency basis, Adjusted EBITDA decreased 2% as compared with the prior year. This decrease was primarily due to investments to optimize and scale publishing and solutions, higher employment costs and, to a lesser extent, travel and entertainment costs due to the resumption of in-person activities. These were partially offset by lower royalty costs largely due to the product mix.

50

Index

Year Ended April 30,% Change Favorable (Unfavorable)Constant Currency % Change Favorable (Unfavorable)
LEARNING20232022
Revenue:
Academic$304,633$331,931(8)%(6)%
Professional241,762249,277(3)%(1)%
Total Learning Revenue546,395581,208(6)%(4)%
Cost of Sales148,925162,1308%5%
Operating Expenses288,348296,7103%0%
Amortization of Intangibles9,02211,25620%20%
Adjusted Operating Income100,100111,112(10)%(8)%
Depreciation and Amortization57,69858,6912%0%
Adjusted EBITDA$157,798$169,803(7)%(6)%
Adjusted EBITDA Margin28.9%29.2%

Revenue:

Learning revenue decreased $34.8 million, or 6%, as compared with the prior year. On a constant currency basis, revenue decreased 4% as compared with prior year. Academic revenue declined due to a decline in print book sales and digital content, partially offset by an increase in digital courseware. Professional revenue declined due to a decrease in print and digital trade sales, partially offset by an increase in assessments.

Adjusted EBITDA:

On a constant currency basis, Adjusted EBITDA decreased 6% as compared with the prior year. This decrease was primarily due to lower revenues and, to a lesser extent, inflationary impacts on inventory, partially offset by a decrease in royalty costs.

51

Index

Year Ended April 30,% Change Favorable (Unfavorable)Constant Currency % Change Favorable (Unfavorable)
HELD FOR SALE SOLD20232022
Total Held for Sale or Sold Revenue$393,194$390,3771%5%
Cost of Sales257,255238,155(8)%(12)%
Operating Expenses109,844122,27910%6%
Amortization of Intangibles24,90925,8494%(16)%
Adjusted Operating Income1,1864,094(71)%(49)%
Depreciation and Amortization41,49145,0278%5%
Adjusted EBITDA$42,677$49,121(13)%(9)%
Adjusted EBITDA Margin10.9%12.6%

Revenue:

Held for Sale or Sold revenue increased $2.8 million, or 1%, as compared with the prior year on a reported basis. On a constant currency basis, revenue increased 5% as compared with prior year. Excluding revenue from acquisitions, organic revenue increased 3% on a constant currency basis. This increase was primarily due to double-digit growth in placements, partially offset by a decrease in University Services and corporate learning. For the year ended April 30, 2023, we delivered approximately 18% growth in talent placements in Wiley Edge. University Services revenue decreased primarily due to continued online enrollment challenges, and lower tuition share in services. For the year ended April 30, 2023, University Services experienced a 5% decline in online enrollment.

Adjusted EBITDA:

On a constant currency basis, Adjusted EBITDA decreased 9% as compared with the prior year. This was due to increased inflationary impacts on placements, and investments to scale Wiley Edge, partially offset by an increase in revenue and, to a lesser extent, lower operating expenses.

Year Ended April 30,% Change Favorable (Unfavorable)Constant Currency % Change Favorable (Unfavorable)
CORPORATE EXPENSES20232022
Operating Expenses$171,805$192,58411%7%
Amortization of Intangibles121##
Adjusted Corporate Expenses(171,926)(192,584)11%7%
Depreciation and Amortization16,46216,5531%(2)%
Adjusted EBITDA$(155,464)$(176,031)12%8%

# Not meaningful

On a constant currency basis, adjusted corporate expenses of $155.5 million on an Adjusted EBITDA basis decreased 8% as compared with the prior year. This was primarily due to lower employee related costs, including lower annual incentive compensation for fiscal year 2023.

52

Index

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES:

Principal Sources of Liquidity

We believe that our operating cash flow, together with our revolving credit facilities and other available debt financing, will be adequate to meet our operating, investing, and financing needs in the next twelve months. Operating cash flow provides the primary source of cash to fund operating needs and capital expenditures. Excess operating cash is used to fund shareholder dividends. Other discretionary uses of cash flow include share repurchases and acquisitions to complement our portfolio of businesses. As necessary, we may supplement operating cash flow with debt to fund these activities. The overall cash position of the Company reflects our durable business results and a global cash management strategy that considers liquidity management, economic factors and tax considerations. Our cash and cash equivalents are maintained at a number of financial institutions. To mitigate the risk of uninsured balances, we select financial institutions based on their credit ratings and financial strength, and we perform ongoing evaluations of these institutions to limit our concentration risk exposure to any financial institution.

As of April 30, 2024, we had cash and cash equivalents of $99.4 million, including cash and cash equivalents classified as held-for-sale of $16.2 million, of which approximately all was located outside the US. Maintenance of these cash and cash equivalent balances outside the US does not have a material impact on the liquidity or capital resources of our operations. We intend to repatriate earnings from our non-US subsidiaries, and to the extent we repatriate these funds to the US, we will be required to pay income taxes in various US state and local jurisdictions and applicable non-US withholding or similar taxes in the periods in which such repatriation occurs. Accordingly, as of April 30, 2024, we have recorded an approximately $3.1 million deferred tax liability related to the estimated taxes that would be incurred upon repatriating certain non-US earnings to the US.

On November 30, 2022, we entered into the second amendment to the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (collectively, the Amended and Restated CA). See Note 14, “Debt and Available Credit Facilities” for more details on the amendment. The Amended and Restated CA provided for senior unsecured credit facilities comprised of the following (i) a five-year revolving credit facility in an aggregate principal amount up to $1.115 billion, (ii) a five-year term loan A facility consisting of $200 million, and (iii) $185 million aggregate principal amount revolving credit facility through May 2024. As of April 30, 2024, we had approximately $774.6 million of debt outstanding, net of unamortized issuance costs of $0.6 million, and approximately $718.3 million of unused borrowing capacity under our Amended and Restated CA and other facilities. Our Amended and Restated CA contains certain restrictive covenants related to our consolidated leverage ratio and interest coverage ratio, which we were in compliance with as of April 30, 2024.

Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments

A summary of contractual obligations and commercial commitments, excluding unrecognized tax benefits further described in Note 13, “Income Taxes,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, as of April 30, 2024 is as follows:

Payments Due by Period (in millions)
TotalWithin Year 12–3 Years4–5 YearsAfter 5 Years
Total debt(1)$775.2$7.5$47.5$720.2$
Interest on debt(2)162.047.488.925.7
Non-cancellable leases141.324.239.626.650.9
Minimum royalty obligations314.987.7137.366.323.6
Other operating commitments78.051.722.53.8
Total$1,471.4$218.5$335.8$842.6$74.5
(1)Total debt is exclusive of unamortized issuance costs of $0.6 million.
(2)Interest on debt includes the effect of our interest rate swap agreements and the estimated future interest payments on our unhedged variable rate debt, assuming that the interest rates as of April 30, 2024 remain constant until the maturity of the debt.

53

Index

Analysis of Historical Cash Flow

The following table shows the changes in our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows:

Years Ended April 30,
202420232022
Net cash provided by operating activities$207,638$277,071$339,100
Net cash used in investing activities(106,643)(98,398)(194,024)
Net cash used in financing activities(107,221)(168,568)(131,638)
Effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash$(1,493)$(3,570)$(7,070)

Cash flow from operations is seasonally a use of cash in the first half of Wiley’s fiscal year principally due to the timing of collections for annual journal subscriptions, which typically occurs in the beginning of the second half of our fiscal year.

Free cash flow less product development spending helps assess our ability, over the long term, to create value for our shareholders, as it represents cash available to repay debt, pay common dividends, and fund share repurchases, and acquisitions. Below are the details of Free cash flow less product development spending.

Free Cash Flow Less Product Development Spending:

Years Ended April 30,
202420232022
Net cash provided by operating activities$207,638$277,071$339,100
Less: Additions to technology, property and equipment(76,080)(81,155)(88,843)
Less: Product development spending(17,262)(22,958)(27,015)
Free cash flow less product development spending$114,296$172,958$223,242

Net Cash Provided By Operating Activities

2024 Compared to 2023

The following is a summary of the $69.5 million change in Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended April 30, 2024, as compared with the year ended April 30, 2023 (amounts in millions).

Net cash provided by operating activities – Year ended April 30, 2023$277.1
Net loss adjusted for items to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities, which would include such noncash items as depreciation and amortization, impairment of goodwill, losses on sale of businesses and impairment charges related to assets held-for-sale, restructuring charges, and the change in deferred taxes(40.7)
Working capital changes:
Accounts receivable, net and contract liabilities(13.6)
Accounts payable and accrued royalties(61.4)
Changes in other assets and liabilities46.2
Net cash provided by operating activities – Year ended April 30, 2024$207.6

The unfavorable change in accounts receivable, net and contract liabilities, was primarily due to the timing of collections and billings with customers.

The unfavorable change in accounts payable and accrued royalties was due to the timing of payments.

54

Index

The favorable changes in other assets and liabilities noted in the table above was primarily due to lower employee related costs due to lower annual incentive compensation for fiscal year 2023, partially offset by higher restructuring payments in fiscal year 2024 and, to a lesser extent, unfavorable changes in other receivables due to the timing of collections.

Our negative working capital (current assets less current liabilities) was $419.2 million and $354.3 million as of April 30, 2024 and April 30, 2023, respectively. The primary driver of the negative working capital is the benefit realized from unearned contract liabilities related to subscriptions for which cash has been collected in advance. The contract liabilities will be recognized as income when the products are shipped or made available online to the customers over the term of the subscription. Current liabilities as of April 30, 2024 and as of April 30, 2023 include contract liabilities of $483.8 million and $504.7 million, respectively, primarily related to deferred subscription revenue for which cash was collected in advance.

Cash collected in advance for subscriptions is used by us for a number of purposes, including funding operations, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt repayments, dividend payments, and share repurchases.

2023 Compared to 2022

The following is a summary of the $62.0 million change in Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended April 30, 2023 as compared with the year ended April 30, 2022 (amounts in millions).

Net cash provided by operating activities – Year ended April 30, 2022$339.1
Net income adjusted for items to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities, which would include such noncash items as depreciation and amortization, impairment of goodwill, restructuring and related charges (credits), and the change in deferred taxes(27.8)
Working capital changes:
Accounts receivable, net and contract liabilities6.6
Accounts payable and accrued royalties6.5
Changes in other assets and liabilities(47.3)
Net cash provided by operating activities – Year ended April 30, 2023$277.1

The favorable change in accounts receivable, net and contract liabilities was primarily due to the timing of collections and billings with customers.

The favorable change in accounts payable and accrued royalties was due to the timing of payments.

The unfavorable changes in other assets and liabilities noted in the table above was primarily due to higher restructuring payments in fiscal year 2023, and lower employee related costs due to lower annual incentive compensation for fiscal year 2023.

Our negative working capital (current assets less current liabilities) was $354.3 million and $418.6 million as of April 30, 2023 and April 30, 2022, respectively. The primary driver of the negative working capital is the benefit realized from unearned contract liabilities related to subscriptions for which cash has been collected in advance. The contract liabilities will be recognized as income when the products are shipped or made available online to the customers over the term of the subscription. Current liabilities as of April 30, 2023 and as of April 30, 2022 include contract liabilities of $504.7 million and $538.1 million, respectively, primarily related to deferred subscription revenue for which cash was collected in advance.

Cash collected in advance for subscriptions is used by us for a number of purposes, including funding operations, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt repayments, dividend payments, and share repurchases.

55

Index

Net Cash Used In Investing Activities

2024 Compared to 2023

Net cash used in investing activities in the year ended April 30, 2024 was $106.6 million compared to $98.4 million in the prior year. The increase in cash used in investing activities was primarily due to cash proceeds in fiscal year 2023 of $15.6 million related to the sale of businesses and certain assets, compared to costs of $1.8 million in fiscal year 2024. In addition, cash used for acquisitions of publications rights increased $5.8 million compared to the prior year. See Note 4, “Acquisitions and Divestitures” for more information related to the divestitures that occurred in the years ended April 30, 2024 and 2023. For additions of technology, property, and equipment and product development, spending decreased $5.1 million and $5.7 million, respectively.

2023 Compared to 2022

Net cash used in investing activities in the year ended April 30, 2023 was $98.4 million compared to $194.0 million in the prior year. The decrease in cash used in investing activities was primarily due to a decrease of $68.4 million in cash used to acquire businesses. Additionally, cash proceeds related to the sale of businesses and certain assets increased $12.2 million. See Note 4, “Acquisitions and Divestitures” for more information related to the acquisitions and divestitures that occurred in the years ended April 30, 2023 and 2022. For additions of technology, property, and equipment and product development, spending decreased $7.7 million and $4.1 million, respectively.

Net Cash Used In Financing Activities

2024 Compared to 2023

Net cash used in financing activities in the year ended April 30, 2024 was $107.2 million compared to $168.6 million in the year ended April 30, 2023. This change was primarily due to net debt borrowings of $27.8 million in fiscal year 2024 compared to net debt repayments of $38.9 million in fiscal year 2023. This was partially offset by a $10.1 million increase in cash used for purchases of treasury shares.

2023 Compared to 2022

Net cash used in financing activities in the year ended April 30, 2023 was $168.6 million compared to $131.6 million in the year ended April 30, 2022. This change was primarily due to an increase in net debt repayments of $27.9 million and, to a lesser extent, a $5.0 million increase in cash used for purchases of treasury shares, and $4.5 million of cash used for costs related to the second amendment of the Amended and Restated CA.

Dividends and Share Repurchases

In the years ended April 30, 2024, 2023, and 2022, our quarterly dividend to shareholders was $1.40, $1.39 and $1.38 per share annualized, respectively.

During the year ended April 30, 2020, our Board of Directors approved an additional share repurchase program of $200 million of Class A or B Common Stock. As of April 30, 2024, we had authorization from our Board of Directors to purchase up to $117.4 million that was remaining under this program. The share repurchase program described above is in addition to the share repurchase program approved by our Board of Directors during the year ended April 30, 2017 of four million shares of Class A or B Common Stock. As of April 30, 2022, no additional shares were remaining under this program for purchase.

During the years ended April 30, 2024, 2023, and 2022 we purchased $45.1 million, $35.0 million, and $30.0 million, respectively, under these programs.

56

Index

The following table summarizes the shares repurchased of Class A and B Common Stock (shares in thousands):

Years Ended April 30,
202420232022
Shares repurchased – Class A1,294831542
Shares repurchased – Class B312
Average Price – Class A and Class B$34.71$42.07$55.14

RECENTLY ISSUED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING STANDARDS, ACCOUNTING GUIDANCE, AND DISCLOSURE REQUIREMENTS

We are subject to numerous recently issued statements of financial accounting standards, accounting guidance, and disclosure requirements. The information set forth in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” in Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Recently Issued and Recently Adopted Accounting Standards,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is incorporated by reference and describes these new accounting standards.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES:

The preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements and related disclosures in conformity with US GAAP requires our management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements, and revenue and expenses during the reporting period. These estimates include, among other items, sales return reserves, allocation of acquisition purchase price to assets acquired and liabilities assumed, assets and liabilities held-for-sale, goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, intangible assets with definite lives and other long-lived assets, and retirement plans. We review these estimates and assumptions periodically using historical experience and other factors and reflect the effects of any revisions on the Consolidated Financial Statements in the period we determine any revisions to be necessary. Actual results could differ from those estimates, which could affect the reported results. In Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” in Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Recently Issued and Recently Adopted Accounting Standards” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements includes a summary of the significant accounting policies and methods used in preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements. Set forth below is a discussion of our more critical accounting policies and methods.

Revenue Recognition:

In Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” see Note 3, “Revenue Recognition, Contracts with Customers,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details of our revenue recognition policy.

Sales Return Reserves:

In Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” see Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Recently Issued, and Recently Adopted Accounting Standards” in the section “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details of our sales return reserves.

A one percent change in the estimated sales return rate could affect net income by approximately $1.7 million. A change in the pattern or trends in returns could also affect the estimated allowance.

Allocation of Acquisition Purchase Price to Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed:

In connection with acquisitions, we allocate the cost of the acquisition to the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed based on the estimates of fair value for such items, including intangible assets. The excess of the purchase consideration over the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recorded as goodwill. The determination of the acquisition date, fair value of the assets acquired, and liabilities assumed, requires us to make significant estimates and assumptions, such as, if applicable, forecasted revenue growth rates and operating cash flows, royalty rates, customer attrition rates, obsolescence rates of developed technology, and discount rates. We may use a third-party valuation consultant to assist in the determination of such estimates.

57

Index

In Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” see Note 4, “Acquisitions and Divestitures” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details of our acquisitions.

Assets and Liabilities Held-for-Sale:

In response to changes in market conditions and our ongoing initiatives to simplify our portfolio to drive sustained performance improvement, we may also strategically realign our resources and consider disposing of certain businesses. We classify assets as held-for-sale in the period when the following conditions are met: (i) management, having the authority to approve the action, commits to a plan to sell the disposal group; (ii) the disposal group is available for immediate sale in its present condition subject only to terms that are usual and customary for sales of such disposal group; (iii) an active program to locate a buyer and other actions required to complete the plan to sell the disposal group have been initiated; (iv) the sale of the disposal group is probable, and transfer of the disposal group is expected to qualify for recognition as a completed sale within one year, except if events or circumstances beyond our control extend the period of time required to sell the disposal group beyond one year; (v) the disposal group is being actively marketed for sale at a price that is reasonable in relation to its current fair value; and (vi) actions required to complete the plan indicate that it is unlikely that significant changes to the plan will be made or that the plan will be withdrawn.

The disposal group that is classified as held-for-sale is initially measured at the lower of its carrying value or fair value less any costs to sell. The determination of the fair value less costs to sell is based on indicative sales values and may require us to make judgments on significant estimates and assumptions regarding forecasted information such as revenue growth, gross profit, EBITDA, depreciation and amortization, capital expenditures, and discount rates. We may use a third-party valuation consultant to assist in the determination of such estimates. The fair value of a disposal group less any costs to sell is assessed each reporting period it remains classified as held-for-sale and any subsequent change is reported as an adjustment to the carrying value of the disposal group, as long as the new carrying value does not exceed the carrying value of the asset at the time it was initially classified as held-for-sale.

The fair value of the disposal group considers the components of the selling price upon the signing of a purchase agreement. Included in each of the purchase agreements for the sale of University Services and Wiley Edge was an earnout. The fair value of the earnout was based on a Monte Carlo simulation. This fair value was categorized as Level 3 within the ASC Topic 820 fair value hierarchy. This method considers the terms and conditions in the purchase agreement, our best estimates of forecasted revenue or gross profit for the earnout periods as applicable, and simulates a range of revenue or gross profits over the applicable periods based on an estimate of revenue or gross profit volatility, as applicable. The fair value of the earnout was estimated as the present value of the potential range of payouts averaged across the range of simulated revenues or gross profits, as applicable using an estimated risk-adjusted discount rate for the simulated revenue or gross profits, as applicable. The earnout amount is subject to change based on final results and calculations.

In Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” see Note 4, “Acquisitions and Divestitures” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details of our divestitures.

Goodwill and Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets:

Goodwill is reviewed for possible impairment at least annually on a reporting unit level during the fourth quarter of each year. Our annual impairment assessment date is February 1. A review of goodwill may be initiated before or after conducting the annual analysis if events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of goodwill may no longer be recoverable.

A reporting unit is the operating segment unless, at businesses one level below that operating segment – the “component” level, discrete financial information is prepared and regularly reviewed by management, and the component has economic characteristics that are different from the economic characteristics of the other components of the operating segment, in which case the component is the reporting unit.

58

Index

As part of the annual impairment test, we may elect to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. In a qualitative assessment, we would consider the macroeconomic conditions, including any deterioration of general conditions and industry and market conditions, including any deterioration in the environment where the reporting unit operates, increased competition, changes in the products/services and regulatory and political developments, cost of doing business, overall financial performance, including any declining cash flows and performance in relation to planned revenues and earnings in past periods, other relevant reporting unit specific facts, such as changes in management or key personnel or pending litigation, and events affecting the reporting unit, including changes in the carrying value of net assets.

If the results of our qualitative assessment indicate it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, we are required to perform a quantitative assessment to determine the fair value of the reporting unit.

Alternatively, if an optional qualitative goodwill impairment assessment is not performed, we may perform a quantitative assessment. Under the quantitative assessment, we compare the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value, including the goodwill allocated to the reporting unit. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeded its carrying value, there would be no indication of impairment. If the fair value of the reporting unit were less than the carrying value, an impairment charge would be recognized for the difference.

We derive an estimate of fair values for each of our reporting units using a combination of an income approach and a market approach. Absent an indication of fair value from a potential buyer or similar specific transactions, we believe that the use of these methods provides a reasonable estimate of a reporting unit’s fair value.

Fair value computed by these methods is arrived at using a number of key assumptions including forecasted revenues and related growth rates, forecasted operating cash flows, the discount rate, and the selection of relevant market multiples of comparable publicly-traded companies with similar characteristics to the reporting unit. There are inherent uncertainties, however, related to these factors and to our judgment in applying them to this analysis. We believe that the combination of these methods provides a reasonable approach to estimate the fair value of our reporting units.

Income Approach Used to Determine Fair Values

The income approach is based upon the present value of expected cash flows. Expected cash flows are converted to present value using factors that consider the timing and risk of the future cash flows. The estimate of cash flows used is prepared on an unleveraged debt-free basis. We use a discount rate that reflects a market-derived weighted average cost of capital. We believe that this approach is appropriate because it provides a fair value estimate based upon the reporting unit’s expected long-term operating and cash flow performance. The projections are based upon our best estimates of forecasted economic and market conditions over the related period including growth rates, expected changes in forecasted operating cash flows, and cash expenditures. Other estimates and assumptions include terminal value long-term growth rates, provisions for income taxes, future capital expenditures, and changes in future cashless, debt-free working capital. Changes in any of these assumptions could materially impact the estimated fair value of our reporting units. Our forecasts take into account the near and long-term expected business performance, considering the long-term market conditions and business trends within the reporting units. However, changes in these assumptions may impact our ability to recover the allocated goodwill in the future. For further discussion of the factors that could result in a change in our assumptions, see “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Market Approach Used to Determine Fair Values

The market approach estimates the fair value of the reporting unit by applying multiples of operating performance measures to the reporting unit’s operating performance (the Guideline Public Company Method). These multiples are derived from comparable publicly-traded companies with similar investment characteristics to the reporting unit, and such comparable data are reviewed and updated as needed annually. We believe that this approach is appropriate because it provides a fair value estimate using multiples from entities with operations and economic characteristics comparable to our reporting units and Wiley.

59

Index

The key estimates and assumptions that are used to determine fair value under this market approach include current and forward 12-month revenue and EBITDA results, as applicable, and the selection of the relevant multiples to be applied. Under the Guideline Public Company Method, a control premium, or an amount that a buyer is usually willing to pay over the current market price of a publicly traded company is considered, and applied to the calculated equity values to adjust the public trading value upward for a 100% ownership interest, where applicable.

In order to assess the reasonableness of the calculated fair values of our reporting units, we also compare the sum of the reporting units’ fair values to our market capitalization and calculate an implied control premium (the excess of the sum of the reporting units’ fair values over the market capitalization). We evaluate the control premium by comparing it to control premiums of recent comparable market transactions. If the implied control premium is not reasonable in light of these recent transactions, we will reevaluate our fair value estimates of the reporting units by adjusting the discount rates and/or other assumptions.

If our assumptions and related estimates change in the future, or if we change our reporting unit structure or other events and circumstances change (such as a sustained decrease in the price of our common stock, a decline in current market multiples, a significant adverse change in legal factors or business climates, an adverse action or assessment by a regulator, heightened competition, strategic decisions made in response to economic or competitive conditions, or a more-likely-than-not expectation that a reporting unit or a significant portion of a reporting unit will be sold or disposed of), we may be required to record impairment charges in future periods. Any impairment charges that we may take in the future could be material to our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.

Fiscal Year 2024 and 2023 Annual Goodwill Impairment Test

As of February 1, 2024, we completed a qualitative assessment for our annual goodwill impairment test for our reporting units within Research and Learning segments. This assessment included consideration of key factors including macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations, cost factors, financial performance, and other relevant entity and reporting unit-specific events. Based on our qualitative assessment, we determined it was not more likely than not that the fair value of any reporting unit was less than its carrying amount. As such, it was not necessary to perform a quantitative test. There have been no significant events or circumstances affecting the valuation of goodwill subsequent to the qualitative assessment performed as of February 1, 2024.

As of February 1, 2023, we completed a quantitative assessment for our annual goodwill impairment test for our University Services reporting unit. We concluded that the fair value of the reporting unit was above the carrying value and, therefore, there was no indication of impairment. For our other reporting units, we performed a qualitative assessment by reporting unit as of February 1, 2023. We determined it was not more likely than not that the fair value of any reporting unit was less than its carrying amount. As such, it was not necessary to perform a quantitative test.

Fiscal Year 2024 Segment Realignment Goodwill Impairment Test

In the first quarter of fiscal year 2024, we began to operate under a new organizational structure, which resulted in a change in our composition of our reportable segments, which resulted in a change in our reporting units. See Note 20, “Segment Information,” for more details. The Learning reportable segment includes two reporting units, Academic and Professional, and the Held for Sale or Sold reportable segment includes three reporting units, University Services, Wiley Edge, and CrossKnowledge. No changes were made to the Research reportable segment. As a result of this realignment, we are required to test goodwill for impairment immediately before and after the realignment. Since there were no changes to the Research reportable segment, no interim impairment test of the Research reportable segment goodwill was required.

Goodwill Impairment Before Realignment

Prior to the realignment, we concluded that the fair value of the Academic Publishing, Talent Development (which includes Wiley Edge) and Professional Learning reporting units were above their carrying values. Therefore, there was no indication of impairment. The carrying value of the University Services reporting unit was above its fair value which resulted in a pretax noncash goodwill impairment of $11.4 million. Such impairment reduced the goodwill of the University Services reporting unit to zero. This charge is reflected in Impairment of goodwill in the Consolidated Statements of (Loss) Income.

60

Index

University Services was adversely impacted by market conditions and headwinds for online degree programs, which lead to a decline in projected enrollments from existing partners, pricing pressures and revenue share concessions, and a decline in new partner additions over both the short-term and long-term which adversely impacted forecasted revenue growth and operating cash flows.

The key assumptions underlying the estimate of the fair value of the University Services reporting unit included the following:

•Future cash flow assumptions – the projections for future cash flows utilized in the model were derived from historical experience and assumptions regarding future growth and profitability of the reporting unit. These projections include forecasted revenues and related growth rates, and forecasted operating cash flows, and are consistent with our operating budget and strategic plan. We applied a compounded annual growth rate of approximately 4.6% for forecasted sales in our projected cash flows through fiscal year 2031. Beyond the forecasted period, a terminal value was determined using a perpetuity growth rate of 3.0% to reflect our estimate of stable and perpetual growth.

•Discount rate based on the weighted average cost of capital (WACC) – the WACC is the rate used to discount the reporting unit’s estimated future cash flows. The WACC is calculated based on a proportionate weighting of the cost of debt and equity. The cost of equity is based on a capital asset pricing model and includes a company-specific risk premium to capture the perceived risks and uncertainties associated with the reporting unit’s projected cash flows. The cost of debt component is calculated based on the after-tax cost of debt of Moody’s Baa-rated corporate bonds. The cost of debt and equity is weighted based on the debt to market capitalization ratio of publicly traded companies with similarities to the University Services reporting unit. The WACC applied to the University Services reporting unit was 17%.

•Valuation Multiples – for the Guideline Public Company Method, we applied relevant current and forward 12-month EBITDA multiples based on an evaluation of multiples of publicly-traded companies with similarities to the University Services reporting unit. The multiples applied ranged from 4.5x to 6.0x EBITDA.

Prior to performing the goodwill impairment test for University Services, we also evaluated the recoverability of long-lived assets of the reporting unit. The carrying value of the long-lived assets that were tested for impairment was approximately $231.0 million. When indicators of impairment are present, we test definite lived and long-lived assets for recoverability by comparing the carrying value of an asset group to an estimate of the future undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset group. We considered the lower-than-expected revenue and forecasted operating cash flows over a sustained period of time, and downward revisions to our cash flow forecasts for this reporting unit to be indicators of impairment for their long-lived assets. Based on the results of the recoverability test, we determined that the undiscounted cash flows of the asset group of the University Services reporting unit exceeded the carrying value. Therefore, there was no impairment.

Goodwill Impairment After Realignment

After the realignment, we concluded that the fair value of the Academic, Professional, and Wiley Edge reporting units were above their carrying values. Therefore, there was no indication of impairment. As noted above, the goodwill of the University Services reporting unit was zero and no further testing of goodwill for impairment was required. The carrying value of the CrossKnowledge reporting unit was above its fair value which resulted in a pretax noncash goodwill impairment of $15.3 million. This charge is reflected in Impairment of goodwill in the Consolidated Statements of (Loss) Income.

CrossKnowledge was adversely impacted by a decline in the demand for its offerings, which have resulted in lower sales and a decline in average contract value, that adversely impacted forecasted revenue growth and operating cash flows.

61

Index

The key assumptions underlying the estimate of the fair value of the CrossKnowledge reporting unit included the following:

•Future cash flow assumptions – the projections for future cash flows utilized in the model were derived from historical experience and assumptions regarding future growth and profitability of the reporting unit. These projections include forecasted revenues and related growth rates, and forecasted operating cash flows, and are consistent with our operating budget and strategic plan. We applied a compounded annual growth rate of approximately 3.3% for forecasted sales in our projected cash flows through fiscal year 2032. Beyond the forecasted period, a terminal value was determined using a perpetuity growth rate of 2.0% to reflect our estimate of stable and perpetual growth.

•Discount rate based on the weighted average cost of capital (WACC) – the WACC is the rate used to discount the reporting unit’s estimated future cash flows. The WACC is calculated based on a proportionate weighting of the cost of debt and equity. The cost of equity is based on a capital asset pricing model and includes a company-specific risk premium to capture the perceived risks and uncertainties associated with the reporting unit’s projected cash flows. The cost of debt component is calculated based on the after-tax cost of debt of Moody’s Baa-rated corporate bonds. The cost of debt and equity is weighted based on the debt to market capitalization ratio of publicly traded companies with similarities to the CrossKnowledge reporting unit. The WACC applied to the CrossKnowledge reporting unit was 16%.

•Valuation Multiples – for the Guideline Public Company Method, we applied relevant current and forward 12-month EBITDA multiples based on an evaluation of multiples of publicly-traded companies with similarities to the CrossKnowledge reporting unit. The multiples applied ranged from 6.0x to 7.0x EBITDA.

Prior to performing the goodwill impairment test for CrossKnowledge, we also evaluated the recoverability of long-lived assets of the reporting unit. The carrying value of the long-lived assets that were tested for impairment was approximately $50.2 million. When indicators of impairment are present, we test definite lived and long-lived assets for recoverability by comparing the carrying value of an asset group to an estimate of the future undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset group. We considered the lower-than-expected revenue and forecasted operating cash flows over a sustained period of time, and downward revisions to our cash flow forecasts for this reporting unit to be indicators of impairment for their long-lived assets. Based on the results of the recoverability test, we determined that the undiscounted cash flows of the asset group of the CrossKnowledge reporting unit exceeded the carrying value. Therefore, there was no impairment.

Wiley Edge Fiscal Year 2024 Interim Impairment Test

As a result of signing the Purchase Agreement with Inspirit and the decrease in the fair value of the Business which was impacted by a decline in placements in the third quarter of fiscal year 2024, we tested the goodwill of the Wiley Edge reporting unit for impairment. We estimated the fair value of the reporting unit based on the terms and conditions in the Purchase Agreement which reflected a selling price that included $10.0 million in cash, $18.3 million in the form of a loan, a fair value estimate for an earnout, and an estimate for a working capital adjustment.

We concluded that the carrying value of the Wiley Edge reporting unit was above its fair value which resulted in a pretax noncash goodwill impairment of approximately $81.7 million in the three months ended January 31, 2024. Such impairment reduced the goodwill of the Wiley Edge reporting unit to zero. This charge is reflected in Impairment of goodwill in the Consolidated Statements of (Loss) Income. The impairment was due to subsequent changes in the fair value resulting from the continued progression of the selling process, indications of changes in the consideration for the business, and a decline in placements in the third quarter of fiscal year 2024, as well as changes in the carrying amounts of the disposal group.

As described further above in Part I, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” under the caption “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates - Assets and Liabilities Held-for-Sale” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the fair value of the earnout was based on a Monte Carlo simulation.

Prior to performing the goodwill impairment test for Wiley Edge, we also evaluated the recoverability of long-lived assets of the reporting unit. The carrying value of the long-lived assets that were tested for impairment was approximately $141.5 million. We considered the changes in the fair value of the consideration for the business due to the continued progression of the selling process to be an indicator of impairment for its long-lived assets. Based on the results of the recoverability test, we determined that the undiscounted cash flows of the asset group of the Wiley Edge reporting unit exceeded the carrying value. Therefore, there was no impairment.

62

Index

Fiscal Year 2024 and 2023 Annual Indefinite-lived Intangible Impairment Test

We also review our indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually, which consists of brands and trademarks and certain acquired publishing rights.

For fiscal year 2024 and 2023, we performed a qualitative assessment for our annual indefinite-lived intangible assets impairment test. This assessment included consideration of key factors including macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations, cost factors, financial performance, and other relevant entity and reporting unit-specific events. Based on our qualitative assessment, we determined it was not more likely than not that the fair value of any indefinite-lived intangible asset was less than its carrying amount. As such, it was not necessary to perform a quantitative test.

Intangible Assets with Definite Lives and Other Long-Lived Assets:

See Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Recently Issued, and Recently Adopted Accounting Standards,” in the section “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details of definite lived intangible assets and other long-lived assets.

Retirement Plans:

We provide defined benefit pension plans for certain employees worldwide. Our Board of Directors approved amendments to the US, Canada, and UK defined benefit plans that froze the future accumulation of benefits effective June 30, 2013, December 31, 2015, and April 30, 2015, respectively. Under the amendments, no new employees will be permitted to enter these plans and no additional benefits for current participants for future services will be accrued after the effective dates of the amendments.

The accounting for benefit plans is highly dependent on assumptions concerning the outcome of future events and circumstances, including discount rates, long-term return rates on pension plan assets, healthcare cost trends, compensation increases, and other factors. In determining such assumptions, we consult with outside actuaries and other advisors.

The discount rates for the US, Canada, and UK pension plans are based on the derivation of a single-equivalent discount rate using a standard spot rate curve and the timing of expected benefit payments as of the balance sheet date. The spot rate curves are based upon portfolios of corporate bonds rated at Aa or above by a respected rating agency. The discount rate for Germany is based on the expected benefit payments for the sample mixed population plan. The expected long-term rates of return on pension plan assets are estimated using forecasted returns for the asset classifications within the asset portfolio, and a composite return assumption range is determined using a weighted average based on each plan’s target asset allocation percentage. Salary growth and healthcare cost trend assumptions are based on our historical experience and future outlook. While we believe that the assumptions used in these calculations are reasonable, differences in actual experience or changes in assumptions could materially affect the expense and liabilities related to our defined benefit pension plans. A hypothetical one percent increase in the discount rate would increase net income and decrease the accrued pension liability by approximately $1.0 million and $66.2 million, respectively. A one percent decrease in the discount rate would decrease net income and increase the accrued pension liability by approximately $0.6 million and $76.8 million, respectively. A one percent change in the expected long-term rate of return would affect net income by approximately $3.8 million.

63

Index

FY 2023 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0000107140-23-000092.

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2023-06-26. Report date: 2023-04-30.

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The information in our Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (MD&A) should be read together with our Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes set forth in Part II, Item 8, as well as the discussion included in Part I, Item 1, “Business,” “Cautionary Notice Regarding Forward-Looking Statements “Safe Harbor” Statement under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995” and “Non-GAAP Financial Measures,” along with Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. All amounts and percentages are approximate due to rounding and all dollars are in thousands, except per share amounts or where otherwise noted. When we cross-reference to a “Note,” we are referring to our “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,” in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” unless the context indicates otherwise.

Overview

Wiley is a global leader in scientific research and career-connected education, unlocking human potential by enabling discovery, powering education, and shaping workforces. For over 200 years, Wiley has fueled the world’s knowledge ecosystem. Today, our high-impact content, platforms, and services help researchers, learners, institutions, and corporations achieve their goals in an ever-changing world. Wiley is a predominantly digital company with approximately 85% of revenue for the year ended April 30, 2023 generated by digital products and tech-enabled services. For the year ended April 30, 2023, approximately 57% of our revenue is recurring which includes revenue that is contractually obligated or set to recur with a high degree of certainty.

We have reorganized our Education lines of business into two new customer-centric segments. The Academic segment addresses the university customer group and includes Academic Publishing and University Services. The Talent segment addresses the corporate customer group and will be focused on delivering training, sourcing, and upskilling solutions. Prior period segment results have been revised to the new segment presentation. There were no changes to our consolidated financial results. Our new segment reporting structure consists of three reportable segments, as well as a Corporate expense category (no change), which includes certain costs that are not allocated to the reportable segments:

•Research includes Research Publishing and Research Solutions, and no changes were made as a result of this realignment;

•Academic includes the Academic Publishing and University Services lines. Academic Publishing is the combination of the former Education Publishing line and professional publishing offerings;

•Talent is the combination of the former Talent Development line, and our assessments (corporate training) and corporate learning offerings.

Through the Research segment, we provide peer-reviewed STM publishing, content platforms, and related services to academic, corporate, and government customers, academic societies, and individual researchers. The Academic segment provides scientific, professional, and education print and digital books, digital courseware, and test preparation services, as well as engages in the comprehensive management of online degree programs for universities. The Talent segment services include sourcing, training, and preparing aspiring students and professionals to meet the skill needs of today’s technology careers and placing them with large companies and government agencies. It also includes assessments (corporate training) and corporate learning offerings.

Wiley’s business strategies are tightly aligned with long term growth trends, including open research, career-connected education, and workforce optimization. Research strategies include driving publishing output to meet the global demand for peer-reviewed research and expanding platform and service offerings for corporations and societies. Education strategies include expanding online degree programs and driving online enrollment for university partners, scaling digital content and courseware, and expanding IT talent placement and reskilling programs for corporate partners.

Wiley has announced for fiscal year 2024 strategic actions that will focus Wiley on its strongest and most profitable businesses and large market opportunities in Research and Learning. We are divesting non-core education businesses, including University Services (known as online program management), Wiley Edge (formerly Talent Development) and CrossKnowledge. These assets will be reported as businesses held for sale starting in the first quarter of fiscal year 2024. We will be streamlining our organization and rightsizing our cost structure to reflect these portfolio actions. In addition, we will be changing our reportable segments for fiscal year 2024 reporting. These actions and our fiscal year 2024 transition year outlook are described further below in the section "Fiscal Year 2024 Transition Year Outlook."

29

Index

Consolidated Results of Operations

FISCAL YEAR 2023 AS COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR 2022 SUMMARY RESULTS

SUMMARY

•US GAAP Results: Revenue of $2,019.9 million (-3% compared with the prior year), Operating income of $55.9 million (-$163.4 million compared with the prior year), and EPS of $0.31 (-$2.31 compared with prior year). US GAAP earnings performance primarily due to $99.8 million ($1.77 per share) of non-cash goodwill impairment in Education Services/University Services and restructuring charges totaling $49.4 million ($0.66 per share).

•Adjusted Results (at constant currency compared with the prior year): Revenue of $2,019.9 million (flat compared with the prior year), Adjusted EBITDA of $422.0 million (-2% compared with the prior year), and Adjusted EPS of $3.84 (-8% compared with the prior year).

•Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities of $277.1 million ($-62.0 million compared with the prior year) and Free Cash Flow of $173.0 million ($-50.3 million compared with the prior year).

Revenue:

Revenue for the year ended April 30, 2023 decreased $63.0 million, or 3%, as compared with the prior year. On a constant currency basis, revenue was flat as compared with the prior year including contributions from acquisitions. Excluding the contributions from acquisitions, revenue decreased 1% on a constant currency basis.

See the “Segment Operating Results” below for additional details on each segment’s revenue and Adjusted EBITDA performance.

Cost of Sales:

Cost of sales for the year ended April 30, 2023 decreased $8.1 million, or 1% as compared with the prior year. On a constant currency basis, cost of sales increased 2% as compared with the prior year. This increase was primarily due to higher employee costs to support the growth in placements in the Talent segment, partially offset by lower royalty costs.

Operating and Administrative Expenses:

Operating and administrative expenses for the year ended April 30, 2023 decreased $42.2 million, or 4%, as compared with the prior year. On a constant currency basis, operating and administrative expenses were flat as compared with the prior year primarily reflecting higher technology related costs, travel and entertainment costs, and a $3.7 million charge related to the settlement of a litigation matter related to consideration for a previous acquisition. These were offset by lower professional fees, employment costs and facility related costs.

Impairment of Goodwill:

We recorded an impairment of goodwill in the year ended April 30, 2023 of $99.8 million. This charge is reflected in the Impairment of goodwill in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

In accordance with applicable accounting standards, we were required to test goodwill for impairment immediately before and after our segment realignment. Prior to the realignment, we concluded that the fair value of the Education Services reporting unit was below its carrying value, which resulted in a pretax non-cash goodwill impairment of $31.0 million. Education Services was adversely impacted by market conditions and headwinds for online degree programs. This has led to a decline in projected student enrollments from existing partners, pricing pressures and revenue share concessions, and a decline in new partner additions over both the short-term and long-term, which adversely impacted forecasted revenue growth and operating cash flows. This was partially offset by projected growth in talent placements, partially due to expansion into new regions and the addition of new corporate clients, which are forecasted to have a positive impact on revenue growth and operating cash flows.

30

Index

After the realignment, we concluded that the fair value of the University Services reporting unit within the Academic segment was below its carrying value, which resulted in an additional pretax non-cash goodwill impairment of $68.8 million. University Services was adversely impacted by market conditions and headwinds for online degree programs, which lead to a decline in projected enrollments from existing partners, pricing pressures and revenue share concessions, and a decline in new partner additions over both the short-term and long-term which adversely impacted forecasted revenue growth and operating cash flows.

See Note 11, "Goodwill and Intangible Assets" for details on these charges.

Restructuring and Related Charges (Credits):

Fiscal Year 2023 Restructuring Program

In May 2022, the Company initiated a global program to restructure and align our cost base with current and anticipated future market conditions. This program includes severance related charges for the elimination of certain positions, the exit of certain leased office space which began in the first quarter of fiscal year 2023 and the reduction of our occupancy at other facilities. We are reducing our real estate square footage occupancy by approximately 22%. We realized $35 million in savings from actions starting in fiscal year 2023.

In the three months ended January 31, 2023, due to the political instability and military actions between Russia and Ukraine, we made the decision to close our operations in Russia which primarily consisted of technology development resources. We were substantially complete with our closure as of April 30, 2023, except for the formal liquidation of our Russian legal entity, which we expect to complete in our fiscal year 2024.

For the year ended April 30, 2023, we recorded pretax restructuring charges of $48.9 million related to this program, which includes $8.3 million related to the closure of our operations in Russia as described above. These charges are reflected in Restructuring and related charges (credits) on our Consolidated Statements of Income. This restructuring charge primarily reflects the following charges:

•Severance charges of $25.8 million for the elimination of certain positions;

•Impairment charges of $12.7 million, which included the impairment of operating lease right-of-use (ROU) assets of $7.6 million related to certain leases that will be subleased, and the related property and equipment of $5.1 million;

•Acceleration of expense of $2.1 million, which included the acceleration of rent expense associated with operating lease ROU assets of $0.9 million related to certain leases that will be abandoned or terminated and the related depreciation and amortization of property and equipment of $1.2 million;

•Ongoing facility-related costs with previously vacated properties that resulted in additional restructuring charges of $4.2 million; and

•Consulting, relocation and other costs of $4.1 million.

These actions are anticipated to yield annualized cost savings estimated to be approximately $70 million. We anticipate ongoing facility-related costs associated with certain properties to result in additional restructuring charges in future periods.

See Note 7, “Restructuring and Related Charges (Credits)” for more details on these charges.

Business Optimization Program

For the years ended April 30, 2023 and 2022, we recorded pretax restructuring charges of $0.5 million and credits of $1.4 million, respectively, related to this program.

These charges (credits) are reflected in Restructuring and related charges (credits) in the Consolidated Statements of Income. See Note 7, “Restructuring and Related Charges (Credits)” for more details on these charges (credits).

For the impact of our restructuring programs on diluted earnings per share, see the section below, “Diluted Earnings per Share (EPS).”

31

Index

Amortization of Intangible Assets:

Amortization of intangible assets was $84.9 million for the year ended April 30, 2023, and was flat as compared to the prior year. On a constant currency basis, amortization of intangible assets increased 3% as compared with the prior year primarily due to the acceleration of expense of $4.6 million related to the discontinued use of the mthree trademark.

On January 1, 2020, Wiley acquired mthree, a talent placement provider that addresses the IT skills gap by finding, training, and placing job-ready technology talent in roles with leading corporations worldwide. Its results of operations are included in our Talent segment. In late May 2022, Wiley renamed the mthree talent development solution to Wiley Edge and discontinued use of the mthree trademark during the three months ended July 31, 2022. As a result of these actions, we determined that a revision of the useful life was warranted, and the intangible asset was fully amortized over its remaining useful life resulting in accelerated amortization expense of $4.6 million in the three months ended July 31, 2022.

Operating Income, Adjusted Operating Income (OI) and Adjusted EBITDA:

Operating income for the year ended April 30, 2023, decreased $163.4 million, or 75% as compared with the prior year. On a constant currency basis, operating income decreased 76% as compared with the prior year. The decrease was primarily due to the impairment of goodwill in the three months ended January 31, 2023 as described above, an increase in restructuring charges and, to a lesser extent, higher cost of sales.

Adjusted OI on a constant currency basis and excluding restructuring charges (credits), impairment of goodwill, legal settlement, and the accelerated amortization of an intangible asset, decreased 3% as compared with the prior year primarily due to an increase in cost of sales as described above, partially offset by lower operating and administrative expenses.

Adjusted EBITDA on a constant currency basis and excluding restructuring charges (credits), decreased 2% as compared with the prior year primarily due to a decrease in Adjusted OI.

Adjusted OI

Below is a reconciliation of our consolidated US GAAP Operating Income to Non-GAAP Adjusted OI:

Year Ended April 30,
20232022
Operating Income$55,890$219,276
Adjustments:
Restructuring charges (credits)49,389(1,427)
Impairment of goodwill99,800
Legal settlement (1)3,671
Accelerated amortization of an intangible asset (2)4,594
Non-GAAP Adjusted Operating Income$213,344$217,849
(1)We settled a litigation matter related to consideration for a previous acquisition for $3.7 million during the three months ended January 31, 2023. This amount is reflected in Operating and administrative expenses on our Consolidated Statements of Income.
(2)As described above, we determined that a revision of the useful life of the mthree trademark was warranted, and the intangible asset was fully amortized over its remaining useful life resulting in accelerated amortization expense of $4.6 million in the three months ended July 31, 2022.

32

Index

Adjusted EBITDA

Below is a reconciliation of our consolidated US GAAP Net Income to Non-GAAP EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA:

Year Ended April 30,
20232022
Net Income$17,233$148,309
Interest expense37,74519,802
Provision for income taxes15,86761,352
Depreciation and amortization213,253215,170
Non-GAAP EBITDA284,098444,633
Impairment of goodwill99,800
Legal settlement3,671
Restructuring and related charges (credits)49,389(1,427)
Foreign exchange (gains) losses on intercompany transactions, including the write off of certain cumulative translation adjustments(894)3,192
Gain on sale of businesses and certain assets(10,177)(3,694)
Other income, net(3,884)(9,685)
Non-GAAP Adjusted EBITDA$422,003$433,019

Interest Expense:

Interest expense for the year ended April 30, 2023, was $37.7 million compared with the prior year of $19.8 million. This increase was primarily due to a higher weighted average effective interest rate.

Foreign Exchange Transaction Gains (Losses):

Foreign exchange transaction gains were $0.9 million for the year ended April 30, 2023, and were primarily due to the write off of the $1.1 million cumulative translation adjustment in earnings since the Russia entity was deemed substantially liquidated. As described above, we were substantially complete with our exit from Russia as of April 30, 2023.

Foreign exchange transaction losses were $3.2 million for the year ended April 30, 2022, and were primarily due to losses on our foreign currency denominated third-party and, to a lesser extent, intercompany accounts receivable and payable balances due to the impact of the change in average foreign exchange rates as compared to the US dollar.

Gain on Sale of Businesses and Certain Assets:

The pretax gain on sale of businesses for the year ended April 30, 2023, was $10.2 million. As part of our ongoing initiatives to simplify our portfolio and focus our attention on strategic growth areas, we have completed two dispositions during the year ended April 30, 2023. Both were included in our Academic segment. On February 28, 2023, we completed the sale of Wiley's Efficient Learning test prep portfolio business. In addition, on March 31, 2023, we completed the sale of our advancement courses business. Neither disposition constituted a strategic shift, and the impact on our overall operations and financial results was not material. Accordingly, the operations associated with the dispositions are not reported in discontinued operations. See Note 4, "Acquisitions and Divestitures" for more details on these divestitures.

The gain on sale of certain assets for the year ended April 30, 2022, was due to the sale of our world languages product portfolio which was included in our Academic segment and resulted in a pretax gain of approximately $3.7 million.

33

Index

Other Income, Net:

Other income, net was $3.9 million for the year ended April 30, 2023, a decrease of $5.8 million, or 60%, as compared with the prior year. On a constant currency basis, other income, net decreased 51%. This decrease was primarily due to lower pension income for our defined benefit plans, partially offset by a decrease in donations and pledges to humanitarian organizations to provide aid to those impacted by the crisis in Ukraine, and a curtailment and settlement credit due to the wind up of the Russia pension plan of $1.8 million.

Provision for Income Taxes:

Below is a reconciliation of our US GAAP Income Before Taxes to Non-GAAP Adjusted Income Before Taxes:

Year Ended April 30,
20232022
US GAAP Income Before Taxes$33,100$209,661
Pretax Impact of Adjustments:
Impairment of goodwill99,800
Legal settlement3,671
Pension income related to the wind up of the Russia plan(1,750)
Restructuring and related charges (credits)49,389(1,427)
Foreign exchange losses on intercompany transactions, including the write off of certain cumulative translation adjustments4571,513
Amortization of acquired intangible assets89,17789,346
Gain on sale of businesses and certain assets(10,177)(3,694)
Non-GAAP Adjusted Income Before Taxes$263,667$295,399

Below is a reconciliation of our US GAAP Income Tax Provision to Non-GAAP Adjusted Income Tax Provision, including our US GAAP Effective Tax Rate and our Non-GAAP Adjusted Effective Tax Rate:

Year Ended April 30,
20232022
US GAAP Income Tax Provision$15,867$61,352
Income Tax Impact of Adjustments (1):
Legal settlement716
Pension income related to the wind up of the Russia plan(437)
Restructuring and related charges (credits)12,151(260)
Foreign exchange losses on intercompany transactions, including the write off of certain cumulative translation adjustments132597
Amortization of acquired intangible assets20,18320,816
Gain on sale of businesses and certain assets(3,860)(922)
Income Tax Adjustments
Impact of increase in UK statutory rate on deferred tax balances (2)2,370(21,415)
Non-GAAP Adjusted Income Tax Provision$47,122$60,168
US GAAP Effective Tax Rate47.9%29.3%
Non-GAAP Adjusted Effective Tax Rate17.9%20.4%

34

Index

(1)For the years ended April 30, 2023 and 2022, substantially all of the tax impact was from deferred taxes.
(2)In the three months ended July 31, 2021, the UK enacted legislation that increased its statutory rate from 19% to 25% effective April 1, 2023. This resulted in a $21.4 million non-cash deferred tax expense from the re-measurement of the Company’s applicable UK net deferred tax liabilities during the three months ended July 31, 2021. These adjustments impacted deferred taxes. For the year ended April 30, 2023, we recorded a $2.4 million non-cash deferred tax benefit related to pensions due to the UK statutory rate change. These adjustments impacted deferred taxes.

The effective tax rate was 47.9% for the year ended April 30, 2023, compared to 29.3% for the year ended April 30, 2022. Our rate for the year ended April 30, 2023, was higher due to the rate differential with respect to certain restructuring charges, the impairment of non-deductible goodwill resulting from the segment realignment described in Note 11, "Goodwill and Intangible Assets," offset by a benefit of $2.4 million relating to the effect of the increase in the UK statutory tax rate on UK pensions. On June 10, 2021, the UK increased its statutory corporate tax rate from 19% to 25% effective April 1, 2023. The 29.3% effective tax rate for the year ended April 30, 2022, was increased by a similar $21.4 million nonrecurring, noncash US GAAP deferred tax expense relating to the UK statutory tax rate increase described above.

Excluding the UK rate change, the tax implications of certain restructuring and related actions, and other unusual items, the Non-GAAP Adjusted Effective Tax Rate for the year ended April 30, 2023, was 17.9%. The Non-GAAP Adjusted Effective Tax Rate for the year ended April 30, 2022, excluding the impact of the UK statutory rate change, was 20.4%. The decrease in the Non-GAAP Adjusted Effective Tax Rate before these items was primarily due to a more favorable mix of earnings by jurisdiction for the year ended April 30, 2023.

Diluted Earnings Per Share (EPS):

Diluted earnings per share for the year ended April 30, 2023, was $0.31 per share compared to $2.62 per share in the prior year. This decrease was due to lower operating income and, to a lesser extent, higher interest expense and lower other income. These were partially offset by a lower provision for income taxes and, to a lesser extent, an increase in the gain on sale of businesses and certain assets, and foreign exchange transaction gains.

Below is a reconciliation of our US GAAP EPS to Non-GAAP Adjusted EPS. The amount of the pretax and the related income tax impact for the adjustments included in the table below are presented in the section above, “Provision for Income Taxes.”

Year Ended April 30,
20232022
US GAAP EPS$0.31$2.62
Adjustments:
Impairment of goodwill1.77
Legal settlement0.05
Pension income related to the wind up of the Russia plan(0.02)
Restructuring and related charges (credits)0.66(0.02)
Foreign exchange losses on intercompany transactions, including the write off of certain cumulative translation adjustments0.010.02
Amortization of acquired intangible assets1.211.21
Gain on sale of businesses and certain assets(0.11)(0.05)
Income tax adjustments(0.04)0.38
Non-GAAP Adjusted EPS$3.84$4.16

On a constant currency basis, Adjusted EPS decreased 8% primarily due to an increase in interest expense, lower pension income, and lower Adjusted OI. These were partially offset by a lower provision for income taxes.

35

Index

SEGMENT OPERATING RESULTS:

Year Ended April 30,% Change Favorable (Unfavorable)Constant Currency % Change Favorable (Unfavorable)
RESEARCH20232022
Revenue:
Research Publishing (1)$926,773$963,715(4)%(1)%
Research Solutions (1)153,538147,6284%7%
Total Research1,080,3111,111,343(3)%%
Cost of Sales286,361300,3735%2%
Operating Expenses463,731468,0121%(4)%
Amortization of Intangibles46,23547,7313%(1)%
Restructuring Charges (see Note 7)2,182238##
Contribution to Profit281,802294,989(4)%(4)%
Restructuring Charges (see Note 7)2,182238##
Adjusted Contribution to Profit283,984295,227(4)%(3)%
Depreciation and Amortization93,00894,8992%(1)%
Adjusted EBITDA$376,992$390,126(3)%(2)%
Adjusted EBITDA Margin34.9%35.1%

# Not meaningful

Column 1Column 2
(1)As previously announced in May 2022, our revenue by product type previously referred to as Research Platforms was changed to Research Solutions. Research Solutions includes infrastructure and publishing services that help societies and corporations thrive in a complex knowledge ecosystem. In addition to Platforms (Atypon), certain product offerings such as corporate sales which included the recent acquisitions of Madgex Holdings Limited (Madgex), and Bio-Rad Laboratories Inc.’s Informatics products (Informatics) that were previously included in Research Publishing moved to Research Solutions to align with our strategic focus. Research Solutions also includes product offerings related to certain recent acquisitions such as J&J, and EJP. Prior period results have been revised to the new presentation. There were no changes to the total Research segment or our consolidated financial results. The revenue reclassified was $93.3 million and $80.3 million for the years ended April 30, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

Revenue:

Research revenue for the year ended April 30, 2023 decreased $31.0 million, or 3%, as compared with the prior year. On a constant currency basis, revenue was flat as compared with the prior year. Excluding revenue from acquisitions, organic revenue decreased 1% on a constant currency basis. This decrease was primarily due to lower article volume in Research Publishing, notably in Hindawi, and to a lesser extent corporate spending headwinds in Research Solutions. Starting in the three months ended January 31, 2023, open access publishing was adversely impacted by the publishing pause in a Hindawi special issues program. The program was suspended temporarily due to the presence in certain special issues of compromised articles. As a result, Hindawi revenue for the year ended April 30, 2023 decreased $3.0 million on a constant currency basis as compared with the prior year. We have closed four Hindawi journals and retracted over 1,700 articles. We expect a decrease in fiscal year 2024 revenue of $30 to $35 million due to this disruption.

Excluding Hindawi, Wiley’s Research revenue for the year ended April 30, 2023 on a constant currency basis was flat as compared with the prior year. Open access article output was flat for the year ended April 30, 2023, as compared with the prior year. Excluding Hindawi, open access article output growth was approximately 6% for the year ended April 30, 2023.

36

Index

Adjusted EBITDA:

On a constant currency basis, Adjusted EBITDA decreased 2% as compared with the prior year. This decrease was primarily due to investments to optimize and scale publishing and solutions, higher employment costs and, to a lesser extent, travel and entertainment costs due to the resumption of in-person activities. These were partially offset by lower royalty costs largely due to the product mix. We expect a decrease in fiscal year 2024 Adjusted EBITDA of $25 to $30 million due to the Hindawi disruption as described above.

Year Ended April 30,% Change Favorable (Unfavorable)Constant Currency % Change Favorable (Unfavorable)
ACADEMIC:20232022
Revenue:
Academic Publishing$481,752$531,705(9)%(7)%
University Services208,656227,407(8)%(8)%
Total Academic Revenue690,408759,112(9)%(7)%
Cost of Sales286,647309,2207%6%
Operating Expenses312,159333,0986%4%
Impairment of Goodwill (see Note 11)99,800##
Amortization of Intangibles23,32325,5479%9%
Restructuring Charges (Credits) (see Note 7)10,366(470)##
Contribution to Profit(41,887)91,717##
Restructuring Charges (Credits) (see Note 7)10,366(470)##
Impairment of Goodwill (see Note 11)99,800##
Adjusted Contribution to Profit68,27991,247(25)%(23)%
Depreciation and Amortization79,74181,7212%1%
Adjusted EBITDA$148,020$172,968(14)%(13)%
Adjusted EBITDA Margin21.4%22.8%

# Not meaningful

Revenue:

Academic revenue decreased $68.7 million, or 9%, as compared with the prior year. On a constant currency basis, revenue decreased 7% as compared with prior year. Excluding revenue from acquisitions, organic revenue decreased 8% on a constant currency basis. This decrease was primarily due to a decrease in Academic Publishing due to a decline in print, partially offset by an increase in digital courseware. University Services revenue decreased primarily due to continued online enrollment challenges, and lower tuition share in services. For the year ended April 30, 2023, University Services experienced a 5% decline in online enrollment.

Adjusted EBITDA:

On a constant currency basis, Adjusted EBITDA decreased 13% as compared with the prior year. This decrease was primarily due to lower revenues and, to a lesser extent, inflationary impacts on inventory, and higher technology and distribution costs. These were partially offset by expense savings from restructuring activities, and lower annual incentive compensation.

37

Index

Year Ended April 30,% Change Favorable (Unfavorable)Constant Currency % Change Favorable (Unfavorable)
TALENT:20232022
Total Talent Revenue$249,181$212,47317%24%
Cost of Sales119,53391,065(31)%(40)%
Operating Expenses86,03285,891%(5)%
Amortization of Intangibles15,20311,558(32)%(35)%
Restructuring Charges (see Note 7)3,00923##
Contribution to Profit25,40423,9366%10%
Restructuring Charges (see Note 7)3,00923##
Accelerated Amortization of an Intangible Asset4,594##
Adjusted Contribution to Profit33,00723,95938%41%
Depreciation and Amortization19,44821,99712%7%
Adjusted EBITDA$52,455$45,95614%18%
Adjusted EBITDA Margin21.1%21.6%

# Not meaningful

Revenue:

Talent revenue increased $36.7 million, or 17%, as compared with the prior year on a reported basis. On a constant currency basis, revenue increased 24% as compared with prior year. This increase was primarily due to double-digit growth in placements and, to a lesser extent, an increase in assessments (corporate training), partially offset by a decrease in corporate learning. For the year ended April 30, 2023, we delivered approximately 18% growth in talent placements in talent development (Wiley Edge).

Adjusted EBITDA:

On a constant currency basis, Adjusted EBITDA increased 18% as compared with the prior year. This was due to revenue, partially offset by increased inflationary impacts on placements, and investments to scale talent development (Wiley Edge).

CORPORATE EXPENSES:

Corporate expenses for the year ended April 30, 2023, increased $18.1 million, or 9%, as compared with the prior year. On a constant currency basis and excluding restructuring charges (credits) and a legal settlement, these expenses decreased 7% as compared with the prior year. On a constant currency basis, Adjusted EBITDA decreased 8% as compared with the prior year. This was primarily due to lower employee related costs, including lower annual incentive compensation for fiscal year 2023.

FISCAL YEAR 2022 AS COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR 2021 SUMMARY RESULTS

Revenue:

Revenue for the year ended April 30, 2022, increased $141.4 million, or 7%, as compared with the prior year on a reported and on a constant currency basis including contributions from acquisitions. Excluding the contributions from acquisitions, revenue increased 5% on a constant currency basis.

See the “Segment Operating Results” below for additional details on each segment’s revenue and Adjusted EBITDA performance.

38

Index

Cost of Sales:

Cost of sales for the year ended April 30, 2022, increased $75.3 million, or 12%, as compared with the prior year. On a constant currency basis, cost of sales increased 11% as compared with the prior year. This increase was primarily due to higher employee costs and, to a lesser extent, higher student acquisition costs in Academic and increased royalty costs in Research.

Operating and Administrative Expenses:

Operating and administrative expenses for the year ended April 30, 2022, increased $56.9 million, or 6%, as compared with the prior year. On a constant currency basis, operating and administrative expenses increased 5% as compared with the prior year primarily reflecting higher editorial costs due to additional resources to support investments in growth, technology costs to support growth initiatives, higher advertising and marketing costs and, to a lesser extent, higher employee-related costs.

Restructuring and Related (Credits) Charges:

For the years ended April 30, 2022 and 2021, we recorded pretax restructuring credits of $1.4 million and charges of $33.3 million, respectively primarily related to our Business Optimization Program.

In November 2020, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic and the Company’s successful transition to a virtual work environment, we increased use of virtual work arrangements for postpandemic operations. As a result, we expanded the scope of the Business Optimization Program to include the exit of certain leased office space beginning in the third quarter of fiscal year 2021, and the reduction of our occupancy at other facilities. We are reducing our real estate square footage occupancy by approximately 12%. These actions resulted in a pretax restructuring charge of $18.3 million in the year ended April 30, 2021.

In addition, we also incurred ongoing facility-related costs associated with certain properties that resulted in additional restructuring charges of $1.8 million and $3.7 million in the years ended April 30, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

We anticipate ongoing facility-related costs associated with certain properties to result in additional restructuring charges in future periods.

These (credits) charges are reflected in Restructuring and related (credits) charges in the Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss). See Note 7, “Restructuring and Related (Credits) Charges” for more details on these (credits) charges.

For the impact of our restructuring program on diluted earnings per share, see the section below, “Diluted Earnings per Share (EPS).”

Amortization of Intangible Assets:

Amortization of intangible assets was $84.8 million for the year ended April 30, 2022, an increase of $10.2 million, or 14%, as compared with the prior year. On a constant currency basis, amortization of intangible assets increased 13% as compared with the prior year primarily due to the intangibles acquired as part of the Hindawi acquisition completed in fiscal year 2021 and, to a lesser extent, other acquisitions completed in fiscal year 2022, partially offset by the completion of amortization of certain acquired intangible assets. See Note 4, “Acquisitions and Divestitures” for more details on our acquisitions.

Operating Income, Adjusted Operating Income (OI) and Adjusted EBITDA:

Operating income for the year ended April 30, 2022 increased $33.8 million, or 18% as compared with the prior year on a reported and on a constant currency basis. The increase was primarily due to the increase in revenue and, to a lesser extent, lower restructuring charges, partially offset by an increase in cost of sales and operating and administrative expenses.

39

Index

Adjusted OI on a constant currency basis and excluding restructuring (credits) charges decreased 1% as compared with the prior year primarily due to an increase in cost of sales, operating and administrative expenses and, to a lesser extent, amortization of intangible assets, partially offset by higher revenues as described above.

Adjusted EBITDA on a constant currency basis and excluding restructuring (credits) charges, increased 3%, as compared with the prior year primarily due to revenue performance, partially offset by an increase in operating and administrative expenses, and cost of sales.

Adjusted OI

Below is a reconciliation of our consolidated US GAAP Operating Income to Non-GAAP Adjusted OI:

Year Ended April 30,
20222021
US GAAP Operating Income$219,276$185,511
Adjustments:
Restructuring and related (credits) charges(1,427)33,310
Non-GAAP Adjusted OI$217,849$218,821

Adjusted EBITDA

Below is a reconciliation of our consolidated US GAAP Net Income to Non-GAAP EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA:

Year Ended April 30,
20222021
Net Income$148,309$148,256
Interest expense19,80218,383
Provision for income taxes61,35227,656
Depreciation and amortization215,170200,189
Non-GAAP EBITDA444,633394,484
Restructuring and related (credits) charges(1,427)33,310
Foreign exchange transaction losses3,1927,977
Gain on sale of certain assets(3,694)
Other income, net(9,685)(16,761)
Non-GAAP Adjusted EBITDA$433,019$419,010

Interest Expense:

Interest expense for the year ended April 30, 2022 was $19.8 million compared with the prior year of $18.4 million. This increase was due to a higher average debt balance outstanding, which included borrowings for the funding of acquisitions and, to a lesser extent, higher weighted average effective interest rate.

Foreign Exchange Transaction Losses:

Foreign exchange transaction losses were $3.2 million for the year ended April 30, 2022 and were primarily due to losses on our foreign currency denominated third-party and, to a lesser extent, intercompany accounts receivable and payable balances due to the impact of the change in average foreign exchange rates as compared to the US dollar.

40

Index

Foreign exchange transaction losses were $8.0 million for the year ended April 30, 2021 and were due to the unfavorable impact of the changes in exchange rates on US dollar cash balances held in the UK to fund the acquisition of Hindawi and the net impact of changes in average foreign exchange rates as compared to the US dollar on our third-party accounts receivable and payable balances.

Gain on Sale of Certain Assets:

The gain on the sale of certain assets is due to the sale of our world languages product portfolio which was included in our Academic segment and resulted in a pretax gain of approximately $3.7 million during the year ended April 30, 2022.

Other Income, Net:

Other income, net was $9.7 million for the year ended April 30, 2022, a decrease of $7.1 million, or 42%, as compared with the prior year. This decrease was primarily due to $3 million in donations and pledges made in the year ended April 30, 2022 to humanitarian organizations to provide aid to those impacted by the crisis in Ukraine.

Provision for Income Taxes:

Below is a reconciliation of our US GAAP Income Before Taxes to Non-GAAP Adjusted Income Before Taxes:

Year Ended April 30,
20222021
US GAAP Income Before Taxes$209,661$175,912
Pretax Impact of Adjustments:
Restructuring and related (credits) charges(1,427)33,310
Foreign exchange losses (gains) on intercompany transactions1,513(1,457)
Amortization of acquired intangible assets89,34679,421
Gain on sale of certain assets(3,694)
Non-GAAP Adjusted Income Before Taxes$295,399$287,186

Below is a reconciliation of our US GAAP Income Tax Provision to Non-GAAP Adjusted Income Tax Provision, including our US GAAP Effective Tax Rate and our Non-GAAP Adjusted Effective Tax Rate:

Year Ended April 30,
20222021
US GAAP Income Tax Provision$61,352$27,656
Income Tax Impact of Adjustments(1):
Restructuring and related (credits) charges(260)8,065
Foreign exchange losses (gains) on intercompany transactions597(363)
Amortization of acquired intangible assets20,81618,511
Gain on sale of certain assets(922)
Income Tax Adjustments:
Impact of increase in UK statutory rate on deferred tax balances(2)(21,415)(3,511)
Impact of US CARES Act(3)13,998
Impact of change in certain US state tax rates in 2021(2)(3,225)
Non-GAAP Adjusted Income Tax Provision$60,168$61,131
US GAAP Effective Tax Rate29.3%15.7%
Non-GAAP Adjusted Effective Tax Rate20.4%21.3%

41

Index

(1)For the year ended April 30, 2022, substantially all of the tax impact was from deferred taxes. For the year ended April 30, 2021, except for the $8.4 million current tax impact from the US CARES Act noted below, substantially all of the tax impact was from deferred taxes.
(2)These adjustments impacted deferred taxes in the years ended April 30, 2022 and 2021.
(3)The tax impact was $8.4 million from current taxes and $5.6 million from deferred taxes in the year ended April 30, 2021.

The effective tax rate was 29.3% for the year ended April 30, 2022, compared to 15.7% for the year ended April 30, 2021. Our effective tax rate for the year ended April 30, 2022, was increased by $21.4 million due to an increase in the UK statutory rate during the three months ended July 31, 2021. On June 10, 2021, the UK announced an increase to its statutory corporate income tax rate from 19% to 25% effective April 1, 2023, resulting in this nonrecurring, noncash US GAAP deferred tax expense. The 15.7% tax expense rate for the year ended April 30, 2021, benefited by $14.0 million from provisions in the Coronavirus Aid Relief and Economic Security Act (the CARES Act) and certain regulations issued in late July 2020, which enabled us to carry certain net operating losses back to a year with a higher statutory tax rate.

Excluding the expense from the UK rate change, the Non-GAAP Adjusted Effective Tax Rate for the year ended April 30, 2022, was 20.4%. The Non-GAAP Adjusted Effective Tax Rate for the year ended April 30, 2021, excluding the impact of the UK statutory rate change, the CARES Act, and state tax expense from rate changes, was 21.3%. The Non-GAAP Adjusted Effective Tax Rate before these items decreased because the year ended April 30, 2021, included US state tax expenses from our expanded presence due to employees working in additional locations given the COVID-19 pandemic.

Diluted Earnings Per Share (EPS):

Diluted earnings per share for the year ended April 30, 2022 was $2.62 per share compared to $2.63 per share in the prior year. This decrease was due to a higher weighted average number of common shares outstanding in the year ended April 30, 2022 as net income was flat compared to the year ended April 30, 2021. Net income was flat as higher operating income and, to a lesser extent, lower foreign exchange losses and the gain on sale of certain assets were offset by higher provision for income taxes and, to a lesser extent, lower other income, net.

Below is a reconciliation of our US GAAP EPS to Non-GAAP Adjusted EPS. The amount of the pretax and the related income tax impact for the adjustments included in the table below are presented in the section above, “Provision for Income Taxes.”

Year Ended April 30,
20222021
US GAAP EPS$2.62$2.63
Adjustments:
Restructuring and related (credits) charges(0.02)0.44
Foreign exchange losses (gains) on intercompany transactions0.02(0.02)
Amortization of acquired intangible assets1.211.08
Gain on sale of certain assets(0.05)
Income tax adjustments0.38(0.13)
Non-GAAP Adjusted EPS$4.16$4.00

On a constant currency basis, Adjusted EPS increased 1% primarily due to a lower Non-GAAP Adjusted Effective Tax Rate, partially offset by lower Other income, net and, to a lesser extent, lower Adjusted OI.

42

Index

SEGMENT OPERATING RESULTS:

Year Ended April 30,% Change Favorable (Unfavorable)Constant Currency % Change Favorable (Unfavorable)
RESEARCH:20222021
Revenue:
Research Publishing (1)$963,715$892,1768%8%
Research Solutions (1)147,628123,17320%20%
Total Research Revenue1,111,3431,015,3499%9%
Cost of Sales300,373275,377(9)%(8)%
Operating Expenses468,012429,916(9)%(9)%
Amortization of Intangible Assets47,73137,033(29)%(28)%
Restructuring Charges (Credits) (see Note 7)238(36)##
Contribution to Profit294,989273,0598%9%
Restructuring Charges (Credits) (see Note 7)238(36)##
Adjusted Contribution to Profit295,227273,0238%9%
Depreciation and Amortization94,89983,866(13)%(13)%
Adjusted EBITDA$390,126$356,8899%10%
Adjusted EBITDA Margin35.1%35.1%

# Not meaningful

Column 1Column 2
(1)As previously announced in May 2022, our revenue by product type previously referred to as Research Platforms was changed to Research Solutions. Research Solutions includes infrastructure and publishing services that help societies and corporations thrive in a complex knowledge ecosystem. In addition to Platforms (Atypon), certain product offerings such as corporate sales which included the recent acquisitions of Madgex Holdings Limited (Madgex), and Bio-Rad Laboratories Inc.’s Informatics products (Informatics) that were previously included in Research Publishing moved to Research Solutions to align with our strategic focus. Research Solutions also includes product offerings related to certain recent acquisitions such as J&J, and EJP. Prior period results have been revised to the new presentation. There were no changes to the total Research segment or our consolidated financial results. The revenue reclassified was $93.3 million and $80.3 million for the years ended April 30, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

Revenue:

Research revenue for the year ended April 30, 2022 increased $96.0 million, or 9%, as compared with the prior year on a reported and constant currency basis. Excluding revenue from acquisitions, organic revenue increased 5% on a constant currency basis. This increase was primarily due to an increase in publishing and, to a lesser extent corporate solutions. Research Publishing has continued growth due to Transformational Agreements (read and publish). Excluding the impact from acquisitions, Open Access article output growth was approximately 27% for the year ended April 30, 2022 as compared with the prior year.

Adjusted EBITDA:

On a constant currency basis, Adjusted EBITDA increased 10% as compared with the prior year. This increase was primarily due to higher revenue, partially offset by higher editorial costs due to additional resources to support investments in growth, which includes the impact of the acquisition of Hindawi and, to a lesser extent, higher cost of sales including the incremental impact of acquisitions, technology, and sales-related costs.

43

Index

Year Ended April 30,% Change Favorable (Unfavorable)Constant Currency % Change Favorable (Unfavorable)
ACADEMIC:20222021
Revenue:
Academic Publishing$531,705$538,643(1)%(2)%
University Services227,407230,371(1)%(1)%
Total Academic Revenue759,112769,014(1)%(2)%
Cost of Sales309,220294,365(5)%(5)%
Operating Expenses333,098333,858%1%
Amortization of Intangible Assets25,54723,786(7)%(7)%
Restructuring (Credits) Charges (see Note 7)(470)3,457##
Contribution to Profit91,717113,548(19)%(20)%
Restructuring (Credits) Charges (see Note 7)(470)3,457##
Adjusted Contribution to Profit91,247117,005(22)%(23)%
Depreciation and Amortization81,72177,823(5)%(5)%
Adjusted EBITDA$172,968$194,828(11)%(12)%
Adjusted EBITDA Margin22.8%25.3%

# Not meaningful

Revenue:

Academic revenue decreased $9.9 million, or 1%, as compared with the prior year on a reported basis. On a constant currency basis, revenue decreased 2% as compared with prior year. Excluding revenue from acquisitions, organic revenue decreased 2% on a constant currency basis. This decrease was due to Academic Publishing due to a decrease in education publishing due to lower US college enrollment and some easing of prior year COVID-19-related favorability for courseware and content and, to a lesser extent, test preparation. This was partially offset by an increase in professional publishing. This decrease was also due University Services due to a decrease in student enrollments. For the year ended April 30, 2022, University Services experienced an 8% decrease in online enrollment.

Adjusted EBITDA:

On a constant currency basis, Adjusted EBITDA decreased 12% as compared with the prior year. This decrease was due to lower revenue, higher student acquisition costs in University Services, and higher print product costs. This was partially offset by lower operating expenses.

44

Index

Year Ended April 30,% Change Favorable (Unfavorable)Constant Currency % Change Favorable (Unfavorable)
TALENT:20222021
Total Talent Revenue$212,473$157,13835%35%
Cost of Sales91,06555,593(64)%(63)%
Operating Expenses85,89191,8336%6%
Amortization of Intangible Assets11,55813,86617%17%
Restructuring Charges (see Note 7)23577(96)%(96)%
Contribution to Profit23,936(4,731)##
Restructuring Charges (see Note 7)23577(96)%(96)%
Adjusted Contribution to Profit23,959(4,154)##
Depreciation and Amortization21,99723,8288%7%
Adjusted EBITDA$45,956$19,674##
Adjusted EBITDA Margin21.6%12.5%

# Not meaningful

Revenue:

Talent revenue increased $55.3 million, or 35%, as compared with the prior year on a reported and constant currency basis. This increase was primarily due to an increase in placements in talent development (Wiley Edge) and, to a lesser extent, driven by a strong recovery in assessments (corporate training) from prior year COVID-19 lockdown impacts. For the year ended April 30, 2022, we delivered approximately 112% growth in IT talent placements in talent development (Wiley Edge).

Adjusted EBITDA:

On a constant currency basis, Adjusted EBITDA increased $26.3 million as compared with the prior year. This was due to an increase in revenue, partially offset by higher employee-related costs due to increased investments to accelerate growth in talent development (Wiley Edge).

CORPORATE EXPENSES:

Corporate expenses for the year ended April 30, 2022 decreased $5.0 million, or 3%, as compared with the prior year. On a constant currency basis and excluding restructuring (credits) charges, these expenses increased 16% as compared with the prior year. This was primarily due to higher employee-related costs, marketing costs and, to a lesser extent, technology-related spending.

45

Index

FISCAL YEAR 2024 TRANSITION YEAR OUTLOOK

Wiley has announced strategic actions that will focus Wiley on its strongest and most profitable businesses and large market opportunities in Research and Learning. We are divesting non-core education businesses, including University Services (known as online program management), Wiley Edge (formerly Talent Development) and CrossKnowledge. These assets will be reported as businesses held for sale starting in the first quarter of fiscal year 2024. We will be streamlining our organization and rightsizing our cost structure to reflect these portfolio actions. The benefits of these actions will be realized in fiscal year 2025 and fiscal year 2026.

Wiley’s fiscal year 2024 outlook excludes businesses held for sale: University Services, Wiley Edge (Talent Development), and CrossKnowledge, as well as those businesses sold in fiscal year 2023 (test prep and advancement courses). Collectively, these businesses generated $393 million of revenue (19% of our consolidated revenue) and $43 million of Adjusted EBITDA (10% of our consolidated Adjusted EBITDA) in fiscal year 2023.

Wiley’s go-forward reporting structure will consist of two reportable segments: (1) Research and (2) Learning, as well as a Corporate expense category (no change), which includes certain costs that are not allocated to the reportable segments. Research is unchanged with reporting lines of Research Publishing and Research Solutions. Learning will include reporting lines of Academic (education publishing) and Professional (professional publishing and assessments). Wiley will begin to report on this structure in the first quarter of fiscal year 2024.

(amounts in millions, except Adjusted EPS)

MetricFiscal Year 2023 All CompanyFiscal Year 2023 Ex-DivestituresFiscal Year 2024 Outlook Ex-Divestitures
Adjusted Revenue (1)$2,020$1,627$1,580 to $1,630
Research$1,080Flat (+3% ex-Hindawi)
Learning$547Down low single digits
Adjusted EBITDA (1)$422$379$305 to $330
Adjusted EPS (1)$3.84$3.48$2.05 to $2.40
Column 1Column 2
(1)Wiley’s fiscal year 2024 outlook (“Adjusted Revenue,” “Adjusted EBITDA,” and “Adjusted EPS”) exclude businesses held for sale, including University Services, Wiley Edge (formerly Talent Development), and CrossKnowledge, as well as those sold in fiscal year 2023, Test Prep and Advancement Courses.

Fiscal Year 2024 Transition Year Outlook

•Adjusted Revenue – Projected year-over-year performance excluding divestitures primarily due to the Hindawi special issues publishing pause and continued softness in consumer and corporate spending. Research revenue is expected to be flat. Excluding Hindawi, our base business is anticipated to grow 3% driven by open access and solutions. In Learning, we are anticipating a low-single decline. We expect steadier market conditions in professional publishing than we saw in fiscal year 2023, but enrollment and print demand remain constrained in higher education, offsetting a modest growth expectation in our professional line. Note, this is a new metric defined as revenue adjusted to exclude businesses held for sale or sold.

•Adjusted EBITDA – Projected year-over-year decline excluding divestitures primarily due to projected revenue performance, notably Hindawi, particularly in the first half of the year, and to a lesser extent the Learning revenue decline. Other contributors include higher employment costs, notably a standard reset of incentive compensation after fiscal year 2023 underperformance ($30 million of Adjusted EBITDA impact) and wage inflation ($20 million of Adjusted EBITDA impact). Wiley is implementing its multi-year business optimization program by expanding its scope to drive operating efficiency and modernization while reducing corporate overhead. Wiley’s Adjusted EBITDA margin for its go-forward business is projected to be 19-20%, down from 23.3% in fiscal year 2023. The Company expects to more than recover its fiscal 2023 margin of 23.3% as it exits fiscal year 2024 and progress from there in fiscal year 2025 and fiscal year 2026.

•Adjusted EPS – Projected year-over-year decline excluding divestitures due to lower projected Adjusted EBITDA, and further impacted by $0.42 of non-operational items including a higher tax rate (-$0.21/share), pension expense (-$0.11/share), and interest expense (-$0.10/share). Our Adjusted Effective Tax Rate is expected to rise from 17.9% in fiscal year 2023 to approximately 25% in fiscal year 2024. Wiley’s higher tax rate is primarily due to a less favorable mix of earnings by country and an increase in the UK statutory rate. Wiley froze its US and UK pension programs in 2015, and they are approximately 90% funded.

46

Index

Wiley is not providing a Free Cash Flow outlook due to the uncertainty around both the timing of divestitures and the size and scope of restructuring payments.

In August 2022, the White House Office of Science and Technology Policy (OSTP) issued guidance for US federal agencies to make federally funded research freely available starting no later than December 31, 2025, without an embargo. For reference, approximately 10% of Wiley’s published articles today are funded by US federal departments impacted by this guidance, and approximately 27% of those articles are already open access. Wiley has been working for several years with the OSTP and other stakeholders around the world to support the orderly transition to open research. This new guidance is aligned with Wiley’s stated strategy and mission and is supported by the growth the Company is seeing in open research publishing. Wiley supports multiple publishing models to execute against the industry’s shared objective of unlocking access to scientific research and improving the efficiency of peer review and publication. Those models include journal subscriptions (“pay to read”), transformational agreements (“pay to read and publish”), and open access (“pay to publish”). In the past three years, our open access revenues, including from transformational agreements, have increased from less than 9% of total Research Publishing revenues to approximately 32% today. Based on our assessment of the guidance, we do not believe it will have a material financial impact on our Company.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES:

Principal Sources of Liquidity

We believe that our operating cash flow, together with our revolving credit facilities and other available debt financing, will be adequate to meet our operating, investing, and financing needs in the foreseeable future. Operating cash flow provides the primary source of cash to fund operating needs and capital expenditures. Excess operating cash is used to fund shareholder dividends. Other discretionary uses of cash flow include share repurchases and acquisitions to complement our portfolio of businesses. As necessary, we may supplement operating cash flow with debt to fund these activities. The overall cash position of the Company reflects our durable business results and a global cash management strategy that considers liquidity management, economic factors and tax considerations. Our cash and cash equivalents are maintained at a number of financial institutions. To mitigate the risk of uninsured balances, we select financial institutions based on their credit ratings and financial strength, and we perform ongoing evaluations of these institutions to limit our concentration risk exposure to any financial institution.

As of April 30, 2023, we had cash and cash equivalents of $106.7 million, of which approximately $104.6 million, or 98%, was located outside the US. Maintenance of these cash and cash equivalent balances outside the US does not have a material impact on the liquidity or capital resources of our operations. We intend to repatriate earnings from our non-US subsidiaries, and to the extent we repatriate these funds to the US, we will be required to pay income taxes in various US state and local jurisdictions and applicable non-US withholding or similar taxes in the periods in which such repatriation occurs. Accordingly, as of April 30, 2023, we have recorded an approximately $2.8 million deferred tax liability related to the estimated taxes that would be incurred upon repatriating certain non-US earnings to the US.

On November 30, 2022, we entered into the second amendment to the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (collectively, the Amended and Restated CA). See Note 14, “Debt and Available Credit Facilities” for more details on the amendment. The Amended and Restated CA provided for senior unsecured credit facilities comprised of a (i) five-year revolving credit facility in an aggregate principal amount up to $1.115 billion, (ii) a five-year term loan A facility consisting of $200 million, and (iii) $185 million aggregate principal amount revolving credit facility through May 2024.

47

Index

As of April 30, 2023, we had approximately $748.3 million of debt outstanding, net of unamortized issuance costs of $0.7 million, and approximately $749.5 million of unused borrowing capacity under our Amended and Restated CA and other facilities. Our Amended and Restated CA contains certain restrictive covenants related to our consolidated leverage ratio and interest coverage ratio, which we were in compliance with as of April 30, 2023.

Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments

A summary of contractual obligations and commercial commitments, excluding unrecognized tax benefits further described in Note 13, “Income Taxes,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, as of April 30, 2023 is as follows:

Payments Due by Period (in millions)
TotalWithin Year 12–3 Years4–5 YearsAfter 5 Years
Total debt(1)$749.0$5.0$35.0$709.0$
Interest on debt(2)164.333.974.456.0
Non-cancellable leases171.526.548.532.364.2
Minimum royalty obligations385.598.1147.593.646.3
Other operating commitments85.251.433.70.1
Total$1,555.5$214.9$339.1$891.0$110.5
(1)Total debt is exclusive of unamortized issuance costs of $0.7 million.
(2)Interest on debt includes the effect of our interest rate swap agreements and the estimated future interest payments on our unhedged variable rate debt, assuming that the interest rates as of April 30, 2023 remain constant until the maturity of the debt.

Analysis of Historical Cash Flow

The following table shows the changes in our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows:

Years Ended April 30,
202320222021
Net cash provided by operating activities$277,071$339,100$359,923
Net cash used in investing activities(98,398)(194,024)(433,154)
Net cash used in financing activities(168,568)(131,638)(47,086)
Effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash$(3,570)$(7,070)$11,629

Cash flow from operations is seasonally a use of cash in the first half of Wiley’s fiscal year principally due to the timing of collections for annual journal subscriptions, which typically occurs in the beginning of the second half of our fiscal year.

Free cash flow less product development spending helps assess our ability, over the long term, to create value for our shareholders, as it represents cash available to repay debt, pay common dividends, and fund share repurchases, and acquisitions. Below are the details of Free cash flow less product development spending.

48

Index

Free Cash Flow Less Product Development Spending:

Years Ended April 30,
202320222021
Net cash provided by operating activities$277,071$339,100$359,923
Less: Additions to technology, property and equipment(81,155)(88,843)(77,407)
Less: Product development spending(22,958)(27,015)(25,954)
Free cash flow less product development spending$172,958$223,242$256,562

Net Cash Provided By Operating Activities

2023 compared to 2022

The following is a summary of the $62.0 million change in Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended April 30, 2023, as compared with the year ended April 30, 2022 (amounts in millions).

Net cash provided by operating activities – Year ended April 30, 2022$339.1
Net income adjusted for items to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities, which would include such noncash items as depreciation and amortization, impairment of goodwill, restructuring and related charges (credits), and the change in deferred taxes(27.8)
Working capital changes:
Accounts receivable, net and contract liabilities6.6
Accounts payable and accrued royalties6.5
Changes in other assets and liabilities(47.3)
Net cash provided by operating activities – Year ended April 30, 2023$277.1

The favorable change in accounts receivable, net and contract liabilities was primarily due to the timing of collections and billings with customers.

The favorable change in accounts payable and accrued royalties was due to the timing of payments.

The unfavorable changes in other assets and liabilities noted in the table above was primarily due to higher restructuring payments in fiscal year 2023, and lower employee related costs due to lower annual incentive compensation for fiscal year 2023.

Our negative working capital (current assets less current liabilities) was $354.3 million and $418.6 million as of April 30, 2023 and April 30, 2022, respectively. The primary driver of the negative working capital is the benefit realized from unearned contract liabilities related to subscriptions for which cash has been collected in advance. The contract liabilities will be recognized as income when the products are shipped or made available online to the customers over the term of the subscription. Current liabilities as of April 30, 2023 and as of April 30, 2022 include contract liabilities of $504.7 million and $538.1 million, respectively, primarily related to deferred subscription revenue for which cash was collected in advance.

Cash collected in advance for subscriptions is used by us for a number of purposes, including funding operations, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt repayments, dividend payments, and share repurchases.

2022 compared to 2021

The following is a summary of the $20.8 million change in Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended April 30, 2022 as compared with the year ended April 30, 2021 (amounts in millions).

49

Index

Net cash provided by operating activities – Year ended April 30, 2021$359.9
Net income adjusted for items to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities, which would include such noncash items as depreciation and amortization and the change in deferred taxes(16.3)
Working capital changes:
Accounts payable and accrued royalties47.5
Accounts receivable, net and contract liabilities(23.3)
Changes in other assets and liabilities(28.7)
Net cash provided by operating activities – Year ended April 30, 2022$339.1

The favorable change in accounts payable and accrued royalties was due to the timing of payments.

The unfavorable change in accounts receivable, net and contract liabilities was primarily the result of sales growth, as well as the timing of billings and collections with customers.

The unfavorable changes in other assets and liabilities noted in the table above was primarily due to an increase in employee-related costs, including payments due to higher annual incentive compensation payments in fiscal year 2022, partially offset by a favorable change in income taxes, and a decrease in restructuring payments.

Our negative working capital (current assets less current liabilities) was $418.6 million and $462.7 million as of April 30, 2022 and April 30, 2021, respectively. The primary driver of the negative working capital is the benefit realized from unearned contract liabilities related to subscriptions for which cash has been collected in advance. The contract liabilities will be recognized as income when the products are shipped or made available online to the customers over the term of the subscription. Current liabilities as of April 30, 2022 and as of April 30, 2021 include contract liabilities of $538.1 million and $545.4 million, respectively, primarily related to deferred subscription revenue for which cash was collected in advance.

Cash collected in advance for subscriptions is used by us for a number of purposes, including funding operations, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt repayments, dividend payments, and share repurchases.

Net Cash Used In Investing Activities

2023 Compared to 2022

Net cash used in investing activities in the year ended April 30, 2023 was $98.4 million compared to $194.0 million in the prior year. The decrease in cash used in investing activities was primarily due to a decrease of $68.4 million in cash used to acquire businesses. Additionally, cash proceeds related to the sale of businesses and certain assets increased $12.2 million. See Note 4, “Acquisitions and Divestitures” for more information related to the acquisitions and divestitures that occurred in the years ended April 30, 2023 and 2022. For additions of technology, property, and equipment and product development spending decreased $7.7 million and $4.1 million, respectively.

2022 Compared to 2021

Net cash used in investing activities in the year ended April 30, 2022 was $194.0 million compared to $433.2 million in the prior year. The decrease in cash used in investing activities was due to a decrease of $224.2 million in cash used to acquire businesses. See Note 4, “Acquisitions and Divestitures” for more information related to the acquisitions that occurred in the years ended April 30, 2022 and 2021. Additionally, cash outflows for the acquisitions of publication rights and other activities decreased $24.0 million. This was partially offset by an increase of $11.4 million for additions of technology, property, and equipment.

50

Index

Net Cash Used In Financing Activities

2023 Compared to 2022

Net cash used in financing activities in the year ended April 30, 2023 was $168.6 million compared to $131.6 million in the year ended April 30, 2022. This change was primarily due to an increase in net debt repayments of $27.9 million and, to a lesser extent, a $5.0 million increase in cash used for purchases of treasury shares, and $4.5 million of cash used for costs related to the second amendment of the Amended and Restated CA.

2022 Compared to 2021

Net cash used in financing activities was $131.6 million in the year ended April 30, 2022 compared to net cash used of $47.1 million in the year ended April 30, 2021. This change was primarily due to net debt repayments of $11.0 million in the year ended April 30, 2022 compared with net debt borrowings of $30.7 million in the year ended April 30, 2021 and, to a lesser extent, a $24.7 million change from book overdrafts, and a $14.2 million increase in cash used for purchases of treasury shares.

Dividends and Share Repurchases

In the year ended April 30, 2023, we increased our quarterly dividend to shareholders to $1.39 per share annualized versus $1.38 per share annualized in the prior year.

In the year ended April 30, 2022, we increased our quarterly dividend to shareholders to $1.38 per share annualized versus $1.37 per share annualized in the prior year.

During the year ended April 30, 2020, our Board of Directors approved an additional share repurchase program of $200 million of Class A or B Common Stock. As of April 30, 2023, we had authorization from our Board of Directors to purchase up to $162.5 million that was remaining under this program. During the years ended April 30, 2023 and 2022, we purchased $35.0 million and $2.5 million, respectively, under this program. No share repurchases were made under this program during the year ended April 30, 2021. The share repurchase program described above is in addition to the share repurchase program approved by our Board of Directors during the year ended April 30, 2017 of four million shares of Class A or B Common Stock. As of April 30, 2022, no additional shares were remaining under this program for purchase.

The following table summarizes the shares repurchased of Class A and B Common Stock (shares in thousands):

Years Ended April 30,
202320222021
Shares repurchased – Class A831542308
Shares repurchased – Class B122
Average Price – Class A and Class B$42.07$55.14$50.93

RECENTLY ISSUED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING STANDARDS, ACCOUNTING GUIDANCE, AND DISCLOSURE REQUIREMENTS

We are subject to numerous recently issued statements of financial accounting standards, accounting guidance, and disclosure requirements. The information set forth in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” in Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Recently Issued and Recently Adopted Accounting Standards,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is incorporated by reference and describes these new accounting standards.

51

Index

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES:

The preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements and related disclosures in conformity with US GAAP requires our management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements, and revenue and expenses during the reporting period. These estimates include, among other items, sales return reserves, allocation of acquisition purchase price to assets acquired and liabilities assumed, goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, intangible assets with definite lives and other long-lived assets, and retirement plans. We review these estimates and assumptions periodically using historical experience and other factors and reflect the effects of any revisions on the Consolidated Financial Statements in the period we determine any revisions to be necessary. Actual results could differ from those estimates, which could affect the reported results. In Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” in Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Recently Issued and Recently Adopted Accounting Standards” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements includes a summary of the significant accounting policies and methods used in preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements. Set forth below is a discussion of our more critical accounting policies and methods.

Revenue Recognition:

In Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” see Note 3, “Revenue Recognition, Contracts with Customers,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details of our revenue recognition policy.

Sales Return Reserves:

In Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” see Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Recently Issued, and Recently Adopted Accounting Standards” in the section “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details of our sales return reserves.

A one percent change in the estimated sales return rate could affect net income by approximately $2.6 million. A change in the pattern or trends in returns could also affect the estimated allowance.

Allocation of Acquisition Purchase Price to Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed:

In connection with acquisitions, we allocate the cost of the acquisition to the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed based on the estimates of fair value for such items, including intangible assets. The excess of the purchase consideration over the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recorded as goodwill. The determination of the acquisition date fair value of the assets acquired, and liabilities assumed, requires us to make significant estimates and assumptions, such as, if applicable, forecasted revenue growth rates and operating cash flows, royalty rates, customer attrition rates, obsolescence rates of developed technology, and discount rates. We may use a third-party valuation consultant to assist in the determination of such estimates.

In Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” see Note 4, “Acquisitions and Divestitures” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details of our acquisitions.

Goodwill and Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets:

Goodwill is reviewed for possible impairment at least annually on a reporting unit level during the fourth quarter of each year. Our annual impairment assessment date is February 1. A review of goodwill may be initiated before or after conducting the annual analysis if events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of goodwill may no longer be recoverable.

A reporting unit is the operating segment unless, at businesses one level below that operating segment– the “component” level, discrete financial information is prepared and regularly reviewed by management, and the component has economic characteristics that are different from the economic characteristics of the other components of the operating segment, in which case the component is the reporting unit.

52

Index

As part of the annual impairment test, we may elect to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. In a qualitative assessment, we would consider the macroeconomic conditions, including any deterioration of general conditions and industry and market conditions, including any deterioration in the environment where the reporting unit operates, increased competition, changes in the products/services and regulatory and political developments, cost of doing business, overall financial performance, including any declining cash flows and performance in relation to planned revenues and earnings in past periods, other relevant reporting unit specific facts, such as changes in management or key personnel or pending litigation, and events affecting the reporting unit, including changes in the carrying value of net assets.

If the results of our qualitative assessment indicate it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, we are required to perform a quantitative assessment to determine the fair value of the reporting unit.

Alternatively, if an optional qualitative goodwill impairment assessment is not performed, we may perform a quantitative assessment. Under the quantitative assessment, we compare the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value, including the goodwill allocated to the reporting unit. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeded its carrying value, there would be no indication of impairment. If the fair value of the reporting unit were less than the carrying value, an impairment charge would be recognized for the difference.

We derive an estimate of fair values for each of our reporting units using a combination of an income approach and a market approach, each based on an applicable weighting. We assess the applicable weighting based on such factors as current market conditions and the quality and reliability of the data. Absent an indication of fair value from a potential buyer or similar specific transactions, we believe that the use of these methods provides a reasonable estimate of a reporting unit’s fair value.

Fair value computed by these methods is arrived at using a number of key assumptions including forecasted revenues and related growth rates, forecasted operating cash flows, the discount rate, and the selection of relevant market multiples of comparable publicly-traded companies with similar characteristics to the reporting unit. There are inherent uncertainties, however, related to these factors and to our judgment in applying them to this analysis. We believe that the combination of these methods provides a reasonable approach to estimate the fair value of our reporting units. Assumptions for sales, net earnings, and cash flows for each reporting unit were consistent among these methods.

Fiscal Year 2023 and 2022 Annual Goodwill Impairment Test

As of February 1, 2023, we completed a quantitative assessment for our annual goodwill impairment test for our University Services reporting unit. We concluded that the fair value of the reporting unit was above the carrying value and, therefore, there was no indication of impairment. For our other reporting units, we performed a qualitative assessment by reporting unit as of February 1, 2023. This assessment included consideration of key factors including macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations, cost factors, financial performance, and other relevant entity and reporting unit-specific events. Based on our qualitative assessment, we determined it was not more likely than not that the fair value of any reporting unit was less than its carrying amount. As such, it was not necessary to perform a quantitative test. There have been no significant events or circumstances affecting the valuation of goodwill subsequent to the qualitative assessment performed as of February 1, 2023.

As of February 1, 2022, we completed a quantitative assessment for our annual goodwill impairment test for our reporting units. We concluded that the fair values of our reporting units were above their carrying values and, therefore, there was no indication of impairment.

Income Approach Used to Determine Fair Values

The income approach is based upon the present value of expected cash flows. Expected cash flows are converted to present value using factors that consider the timing and risk of the future cash flows. The estimate of cash flows used is prepared on an unleveraged debt-free basis. We use a discount rate that reflects a market-derived weighted average cost of capital. We believe that this approach is appropriate because it provides a fair value estimate based upon the reporting unit’s expected long-term operating and cash flow performance. The projections are based upon our best estimates of forecasted economic and market conditions over the related period including growth rates, expected changes in forecasted operating cash flows, and cash expenditures. Other estimates and assumptions include terminal value long-term growth rates, provisions for income taxes, future capital expenditures, and changes in future cashless, debt-free working capital.

53

Index

Changes in any of these assumptions could materially impact the estimated fair value of our reporting units. As noted below, the University Services reporting unit incurred an interim goodwill impairment. If the University Services reporting unit fair value decreases further in future periods, we could potentially have an additional impairment which would be limited to the remaining allocated goodwill of approximately $11 million as of April 30, 2023. Our forecasts take into account the near and long-term expected business performance, considering the long-term market conditions and business trends within the reporting units. However, changes in these assumptions may impact our ability to recover the allocated goodwill in the future. For further discussion of the factors that could result in a change in our assumptions, see “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Market Approach Used to Determine Fair Values

The market approach estimates the fair value of the reporting unit by applying multiples of operating performance measures to the reporting unit’s operating performance (the Guideline Public Company Method). These multiples are derived from comparable publicly-traded companies with similar investment characteristics to the reporting unit, and such comparable data are reviewed and updated as needed annually. We believe that this approach is appropriate because it provides a fair value estimate using multiples from entities with operations and economic characteristics comparable to our reporting units and Wiley.

The key estimates and assumptions that are used to determine fair value under this market approach include current and forward 12-month revenue and EBITDA results, as applicable, and the selection of the relevant multiples to be applied. Under the Guideline Public Company Method, a control premium, or an amount that a buyer is usually willing to pay over the current market price of a publicly traded company is considered, and applied to the calculated equity values to adjust the public trading value upward for a 100% ownership interest, where applicable.

In order to assess the reasonableness of the calculated fair values of our reporting units, we also compare the sum of the reporting units’ fair values to our market capitalization and calculate an implied control premium (the excess of the sum of the reporting units’ fair values over the market capitalization). We evaluate the control premium by comparing it to control premiums of recent comparable market transactions. If the implied control premium is not reasonable in light of these recent transactions, we will reevaluate our fair value estimates of the reporting units by adjusting the discount rates and/or other assumptions.

If our assumptions and related estimates change in the future, or if we change our reporting unit structure or other events and circumstances change (such as a sustained decrease in the price of our common stock, a decline in current market multiples, a significant adverse change in legal factors or business climates, an adverse action or assessment by a regulator, heightened competition, strategic decisions made in response to economic or competitive conditions, or a more-likely-than-not expectation that a reporting unit or a significant portion of a reporting unit will be sold or disposed of), we may be required to record impairment charges in future periods. Any impairment charges that we may take in the future could be material to our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.

Fiscal Year 2023 Segment Realignment Goodwill Impairment Test

In the third quarter of fiscal year 2023, we began to operate under a new organizational structure, which resulted in a change in our composition of our reportable segments, which resulted in a change in our reporting units. See Note 20, “Segment Information,” for more details. The Academic reportable segment includes two reporting units, Academic Publishing and University Services, and the Talent reportable segment includes two reporting units, Talent Development and Professional Learning. No changes were made to the Research reportable segment. As a result of this realignment, we are required to test goodwill for impairment immediately before and after the realignment. Since there were no changes to the Research reportable segment, no interim impairment test of the Research reportable segment goodwill was required.

We estimated the fair value of the reporting units using a weighting of fair values derived from an income and a market approach. Under the income approach, we determined the fair value of a reporting unit based on the present value of estimated future cash flows. Cash flow projections are based on our best estimates of forecasted economic and market conditions over the period including growth rates, expected changes in operating cash flows. The discount rate used is based on a weighted average cost of capital adjusted for the relevant risk associated with the characteristics of the business and the projected cash flows. The market approach estimates fair value based on market multiples of current and forward 12-month revenue or EBITDA, as applicable, derived from comparable publicly traded companies with similar operating and investment characteristics as the reporting unit.

54

Index

Goodwill Impairment Before Realignment

Prior to the realignment, we concluded that the fair value of the Academic & Professional Learning reporting unit was above its carrying value. Therefore, there was no indication of impairment. The carrying value of the Education Services reporting unit was above its fair value which resulted in a pretax non-cash goodwill impairment of $31.0 million. This charge is reflected in Impairment of goodwill in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

Education Services was adversely impacted by market conditions and headwinds for online degree programs. This has led to a decline in projected student enrollments from existing partners, pricing pressures and revenue share concessions, and a decline in new partner additions over both the short-term and long-term, which adversely impacted forecasted revenue growth and operating cash flows. This was partially offset by projected growth in talent placements, partially due to expansion into new regions and the addition of new corporate clients, which are forecasted to have a positive impact on revenue growth and operating cash flows.

The key assumptions underlying the estimate of the fair value of the Education Services reporting unit included the following:

•Future cash flow assumptions – the projections for future cash flows utilized in the model were derived from historical experience and assumptions regarding future growth and profitability of the reporting unit. These projections include forecasted revenues and related growth rates, and forecasted operating cash flows, and are consistent with our operating budget and strategic plan. We applied a compounded annual growth rate of approximately 8.5% for forecasted sales in our projected cash flows through fiscal year 2036. Beyond the forecasted period, a terminal value was determined using a perpetuity growth rate of 3.0% to reflect our estimate of stable and perpetual growth.

•Discount rate based on the weighted average cost of capital (WACC) – the WACC is the rate used to discount the reporting unit’s estimated future cash flows. The WACC is calculated based on a proportionate weighting of the cost of debt and equity. The cost of equity is based on a capital asset pricing model and includes a company-specific risk premium to capture the perceived risks and uncertainties associated with the reporting unit’s projected cash flows. The cost of debt component is calculated based on the after-tax cost of debt of Moody’s Baa-rated corporate bonds. The cost of debt and equity is weighted based on the debt to market capitalization ratio of publicly traded companies with similarities to the Education Services reporting unit. The WACC applied to the Education Services reporting unit was 15%.

•Valuation Multiples – for the Guideline Public Company Method, we applied relevant current and forward 12-month revenue multiples based on an evaluation of multiples of publicly-traded companies with similarities to the Education Services reporting unit. The multiples applied ranged from 1.1x to 1.2x revenue.

The following hypothetical changes in the valuation of the Education Services reporting unit would have impacted the goodwill impairment as follows (absent of any related impact in discount rates applies):

•A hypothetical 1% increase to revenue growth and EBITDA margins would have reduced the impairment charge by approximately $30 million.

•A hypothetical 1% decrease to revenue growth and EBITDA margins would have increased the impairment charge by approximately $25 million.

Prior to performing the goodwill impairment test for Education Services, we also evaluated the recoverability of long-lived assets of the reporting unit. The carrying value of the long-lived assets that were tested for impairment was approximately $467.0 million. When indicators of impairment are present, we test definite lived and long-lived assets for recoverability by comparing the carrying value of an asset group to an estimate of the future undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset group. We considered the lower-than-expected revenue and forecasted operating cash flows over a sustained period of time, and downward revisions to our cash flow forecasts for this reporting unit to be indicators of impairment for their long-lived assets. Based on the results of the recoverability test, we determined that the undiscounted cash flows of the asset group of the Education Services reporting unit exceeded the carrying value. Therefore, there was no impairment.

Goodwill Impairment After Realignment

After the realignment, we concluded that the fair value of the Academic Publishing, Talent Development and Professional Learning reporting units were above their carrying values. Therefore, there was no indication of impairment. The carrying value of the University Services reporting unit was above its fair value which resulted in a pretax non-cash goodwill impairment of $68.8 million. This charge is reflected in Impairment of goodwill in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

55

Index

University Services was adversely impacted by market conditions and headwinds for online degree programs which led to a decline in projected enrollments from existing partners, pricing pressures and revenue share concessions, and a decline in new partner additions over both the short-term and long-term which adversely impacted forecasted revenue growth and operating cash flows.

The key assumptions underlying the estimate of the fair value of the University Services reporting unit included the following:

•Future cash flow assumptions – the projections for future cash flows utilized in the model were derived from historical experience and assumptions regarding future growth and profitability of the reporting unit. These projections include forecasted revenues and related growth rates, and forecasted operating cash flows, and are consistent with our operating budget and strategic plan. We applied a compounded annual growth rate of approximately 3.7% for forecasted sales in our projected cash flows through fiscal year 2036. Beyond the forecasted period, a terminal value was determined using a perpetuity growth rate of 3.0% to reflect our estimate of stable and perpetual growth.

•Discount rate based on the weighted average cost of capital (WACC) – the WACC is the rate used to discount the reporting unit’s estimated future cash flows. The WACC is calculated based on a proportionate weighting of the cost of debt and equity. The cost of equity is based on a capital asset pricing model and includes a company-specific risk premium to capture the perceived risks and uncertainties associated with the reporting unit’s projected cash flows. The cost of debt component is calculated based on the after-tax cost of debt of Moody’s Baa-rated corporate bonds. The cost of debt and equity is weighted based on the debt to market capitalization ratio of publicly traded companies with similarities to the University Services reporting unit. The WACC applied to the University Services reporting unit was 11.0%.

•Valuation Multiples – for the Guideline Public Company Method, we applied relevant current and forward 12-month EBITDA multiples based on an evaluation of multiples of publicly-traded companies with similarities to the University Services reporting unit. The multiples applied ranged from 6.0x to 7.0x EBITDA.

The following hypothetical changes in the valuation of the University Services reporting unit would have impacted the goodwill impairment as follows (absent of any related impact in discount rates applies):

•A hypothetical 1% increase to revenue growth and EBITDA margins would have reduced the impairment charge by approximately $15 million.

•A hypothetical 1% decrease to revenue growth and EBITDA margins would have increased the impairment charge by approximately $12 million.

Prior to performing the goodwill impairment test for University Services, we also evaluated the recoverability of long-lived assets of the reporting unit. The carrying value of the long-lived assets that were tested for impairment was approximately $326.0 million. When indicators of impairment are present, we test definite lived and long-lived assets for recoverability by comparing the carrying value of an asset group to an estimate of the future undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset group. We considered the lower-than-expected revenue and forecasted operating cash flows over a sustained period of time, and downward revisions to our cash flow forecasts for this reporting unit to be indicators of impairment for their long-lived assets. Based on the results of the recoverability test, we determined that the undiscounted cash flows of the asset group of the University Services reporting unit exceeded the carrying value. Therefore, there was no impairment.

Fiscal Year 2023 and 2022 Annual Indefinite-lived Intangible Impairment Test

We also review our indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually, which consists of brands and trademarks and certain acquired publishing rights.

For fiscal year 2023, we performed a qualitative assessment for our annual indefinite-lived intangible assets impairment test. This assessment included consideration of key factors including macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations, cost factors, financial performance, and other relevant entity and reporting unit-specific events. Based on our qualitative assessment, we determined it was not more likely than not that the fair value of any indefinite-lived intangible asset was less than its carrying amount. As such, it was not necessary to perform a quantitative test.

56

Index

For fiscal year 2022, we estimated the fair value of these indefinite-lived intangible assets using a relief from royalty method under an income approach. The key assumptions for this method were revenue projections, a royalty rate as determined by management in consultation with valuation experts, and a discount rate. We concluded that the fair values of these indefinite-lived intangible assets were above their carrying values and therefore, there was no indication of impairment.

Intangible Assets with Definite Lives and Other Long-Lived Assets:

See Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Recently Issued, and Recently Adopted Accounting Standards,” in the section “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details of definite lived intangible assets and other long-lived assets.

Retirement Plans:

We provide defined benefit pension plans for certain employees worldwide. Our Board of Directors approved amendments to the US, Canada, and UK defined benefit plans that froze the future accumulation of benefits effective June 30, 2013, December 31, 2015, and April 30, 2015, respectively. Under the amendments, no new employees will be permitted to enter these plans and no additional benefits for current participants for future services will be accrued after the effective dates of the amendments.

The accounting for benefit plans is highly dependent on assumptions concerning the outcome of future events and circumstances, including discount rates, long-term return rates on pension plan assets, healthcare cost trends, compensation increases, and other factors. In determining such assumptions, we consult with outside actuaries and other advisors.

The discount rates for the US, Canada, and UK pension plans are based on the derivation of a single-equivalent discount rate using a standard spot rate curve and the timing of expected benefit payments as of the balance sheet date. The spot rate curves are based upon portfolios of corporate bonds rated at Aa or above by a respected rating agency. The discount rate for Germany is based on the expected benefit payments for the sample mixed population plan. The expected long-term rates of return on pension plan assets are estimated using forecasted returns for the asset classifications within the asset portfolio, and a composite return assumption range is determined using a weighted average based on each plan’s target asset allocation percentage. Salary growth and healthcare cost trend assumptions are based on our historical experience and future outlook. While we believe that the assumptions used in these calculations are reasonable, differences in actual experience or changes in assumptions could materially affect the expense and liabilities related to our defined benefit pension plans. A hypothetical one percent increase in the discount rate would increase net income and decrease the accrued pension liability by approximately $1.2 million and $76.2 million, respectively. A one percent decrease in the discount rate would decrease net income and increase the accrued pension liability by approximately $0.3 million and $89.2 million, respectively. A one percent change in the expected long-term rate of return would affect net income by approximately $5.1 million.

57

Index

FY 2022 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0000107140-22-000022.

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2022-06-24. Report date: 2022-04-30.

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The information in our Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (MD&A) should be read together with our Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes set forth in Part II, Item 8, as well as the discussion included in Part I, Item 1, “Business,” “Cautionary Notice Regarding Forward-Looking Statements “Safe Harbor” Statement under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995” and “Non-GAAP Financial Measures,” along with Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. All amounts and percentages are approximate due to rounding and all dollars are in thousands, except per share amounts or where otherwise noted. When we cross-reference to a “Note,” we are referring to our “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,” in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” unless the context indicates otherwise.

Overview

Wiley is a global leader in scientific research and career-connected education, unlocking human potential by enabling discovery, powering education, and shaping workforces. For over 200 years, Wiley has fueled the world’s knowledge ecosystem. Today, our high-impact content, platforms, and services help researchers, learners, institutions, and corporations achieve their goals in an ever-changing world. Wiley is a predominantly digital company with approximately 83% of revenue generated by digital products and tech-enabled services, and 58% of revenue is recurring which includes revenue that is contractually obligated or set to recur with a high degree of certainty for the year ended April 30, 2022.

We report financial information for the following segments, as well as a Corporate category, which includes certain costs that are not allocated to the reportable segments:

Column 1Column 2Column 3
Research Publishing & Platforms
Column 1Column 2Column 3
Academic & Professional Learning
Column 1Column 2Column 3
Education Services

Through the Research Publishing & Platforms segment, we provide peer-reviewed STM publishing, content platforms, and related services to academic, corporate, and government customers, academic societies, and individual researchers. The Academic & Professional Learning segment provides Education Publishing and Professional Learning content and courseware, training, and learning services, to students, professionals, and corporations. The Education Services segment provides University Services (online program management or OPM services) for academic institutions and Talent Development Services including placement and training for professionals and businesses.

Wiley’s business strategies are tightly aligned with accelerating growth trends, including open research, career-connected education, and talent development. Research strategies include driving publishing output to meet the global demand for peer-reviewed research and expanding platform and service offerings for corporations and societies. Education strategies include expanding online degree programs and driving online enrollment for university partners, scaling digital content and courseware, and expanding IT talent placement and reskilling programs for corporate partners.

Wiley has operations in Russia consisting primarily of technology development resources. We have exercised contingency plans to minimize any disruption if we were to lose access to our staff. If that should occur, we believe it will not materially impact our overall operations. As of April 30, 2022, the net assets of our Russian operations were not material to our overall financial position. We have customers in Russia, primarily for our Research offerings, which are not material to our overall financial results. We do not have operations in Ukraine or Belarus, and the business conducted in those countries is also not material to our overall financial results.

Consolidated Results of Operations

FISCAL YEAR 2022 AS COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR 2021 SUMMARY RESULTS

Revenue:

Revenue for the year ended April 30, 2022 increased $141.4 million, or 7%, as compared with the prior year on a reported and on a constant currency basis including contributions from acquisitions. Excluding the contributions from acquisitions, revenue increased 5% on a constant currency basis.

See the “Segment Operating Results” below for additional details on each segment’s revenue and Adjusted EBITDA performance.

27

Index

Cost of Sales:

Cost of sales for the year ended April 30, 2022 increased $75.3 million, or 12%, as compared with the prior year. On a constant currency basis, cost of sales increased 11% as compared with the prior year. This increase was primarily due to higher employee costs and, to a lesser extent, higher student acquisition costs in Education Services, increased royalty costs in Research Publishing & Platforms, and increased print product costs in Academic & Professional Learning.

Operating and Administrative Expenses:

Operating and administrative expenses for the year ended April 30, 2022 increased $56.9 million, or 6%, as compared with the prior year. On a constant currency basis, operating and administrative expenses increased 5% as compared with the prior year primarily reflecting higher editorial costs due to additional resources to support investments in growth, technology costs to support growth initiatives, higher advertising and marketing costs and, to a lesser extent, higher employee-related costs.

Restructuring and Related (Credits) Charges:

For the years ended April 30, 2022 and 2021, we recorded pretax restructuring credits of $1.4 million and charges of $33.3 million, respectively primarily related to our Business Optimization Program. We anticipate $10.0 million in run rate savings from actions starting in fiscal year 2022.

In November 2020, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic and the Company’s successful transition to a virtual work environment, we increased use of virtual work arrangements for postpandemic operations. As a result, we expanded the scope of the Business Optimization Program to include the exit of certain leased office space beginning in the third quarter of fiscal year 2021, and the reduction of our occupancy at other facilities. We are reducing our real estate square footage occupancy by approximately 12%. These actions resulted in a pretax restructuring charge of $18.3 million in the year ended April 30, 2021.

In addition, we also incurred ongoing facility-related costs associated with certain properties that resulted in additional restructuring charges of $1.8 million and $3.7 million in the years ended April 30, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

These actions yielded annualized cost savings of approximately $8.0 million. We anticipate ongoing facility-related costs associated with certain properties to result in additional restructuring charges in future periods.

These (credits) charges are reflected in Restructuring and related (credits) charges in the Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss). See Note 7, “Restructuring and Related (Credits) Charges” for more details on these (credits) charges.

For the impact of our restructuring program on diluted earnings per share, see the section below, “Diluted Earnings per Share (EPS).”

In May 2022, the Company initiated a global program to restructure and align our cost base with current and anticipated future market conditions. This program will include the exit of certain leased office space beginning in the first quarter of fiscal year 2023 and the reduction of our occupancy at other facilities. In addition, the program will include severance related charges for the elimination of certain positions. These actions are estimated to result in an initial pretax restructuring charge of approximately $19.0 million to $21.0 million in the first quarter of fiscal year 2023.

These actions are anticipated to yield approximately $30.0 million to $35.0 million in run rate savings. For fiscal year 2023, the cost savings are expected to be approximately $20.0 million to $25.0 million. We anticipate ongoing facility-related costs associated with certain properties to result in additional restructuring charges in future periods.

28

Index

Amortization of Intangible Assets:

Amortization of intangible assets was $84.8 million for the year ended April 30, 2022, an increase of $10.2 million, or 14%, as compared with the prior year. On a constant currency basis, amortization of intangible assets increased 13% as compared with the prior year primarily due to the intangibles acquired as part of the Hindawi acquisition completed in fiscal year 2021 and, to a lesser extent, other acquisitions completed in fiscal year 2022, partially offset by the completion of amortization of certain acquired intangible assets. See Note 4, “Acquisitions” for more details on our acquisitions.

Operating Income, Adjusted Operating Income (OI) and Adjusted EBITDA:

Operating income for the year ended April 30, 2022 increased $33.8 million, or 18% as compared with the prior year on a reported and on a constant currency basis. The increase was primarily due to the increase in revenue and, to a lesser extent, lower restructuring charges, partially offset by an increase in cost of sales and operating and administrative expenses.

Adjusted OI on a constant currency basis and excluding restructuring (credits) charges decreased 1% as compared with the prior year primarily due to an increase in cost of sales, operating and administrative expenses and, to a lesser extent, amortization of intangible assets, partially offset by higher revenues as described above.

Adjusted EBITDA on a constant currency basis and excluding restructuring (credits) charges, increased 3%, as compared with the prior year primarily due to revenue performance, partially offset by an increase in operating and administrative expenses, and cost of sales.

Adjusted OI

Below is a reconciliation of our consolidated US GAAP Operating Income to Non-GAAP Adjusted OI:

Year EndedApril 30,
20222021
US GAAP Operating Income$219,276$185,511
Adjustments:
Restructuring and related (credits) charges(1,427)33,310
Non-GAAP Adjusted OI$217,849$218,821

Adjusted EBITDA

Below is a reconciliation of our consolidated US GAAP Net Income to Non-GAAP EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA:

Year EndedApril 30,
20222021
Net Income$148,309$148,256
Interest expense19,80218,383
Provision for income taxes61,35227,656
Depreciation and amortization215,170200,189
Non-GAAP EBITDA444,633394,484
Restructuring and related (credits) charges(1,427)33,310
Foreign exchange transaction losses3,1927,977
Gain on sale of certain assets(3,694)
Other income, net(9,685)(16,761)
Non-GAAP Adjusted EBITDA$433,019$419,010

29

Index

Interest Expense:

Interest expense for the year ended April 30, 2022 was $19.8 million compared with the prior year of $18.4 million. This increase was due to a higher average debt balance outstanding, which included borrowings for the funding of acquisitions and, to a lesser extent, higher weighted average effective interest rate.

Foreign Exchange Transaction Losses:

Foreign exchange transaction losses were $3.2 million for the year ended April 30, 2022 and were primarily due to losses on our foreign currency denominated third-party and, to a lesser extent, intercompany accounts receivable and payable balances due to the impact of the change in average foreign exchange rates as compared to the US dollar.

Foreign exchange transaction losses were $8.0 million for the year ended April 30, 2021 and were due to the unfavorable impact of the changes in exchange rates on US dollar cash balances held in the UK to fund the acquisition of Hindawi and the net impact of changes in average foreign exchange rates as compared to the US dollar on our third-party accounts receivable and payable balances.

Gain on Sale of Certain Assets:

The gain on the sale of certain assets is due to the sale of our world languages product portfolio which was included in our Academic & Professional Learning segment and resulted in a pretax gain of approximately $3.7 million during the year ended April 30, 2022.

Other Income, Net:

Other income, net was $9.7 million for the year ended April 30, 2022, a decrease of $7.1 million, or 42%, as compared with the prior year. This decrease was primarily due to $3 million in donations and pledges made in the year ended April 30, 2022 to humanitarian organizations to provide aid to those impacted by the crisis in Ukraine.

Provision for Income Taxes:

Below is a reconciliation of our US GAAP Income Before Taxes to Non-GAAP Adjusted Income Before Taxes:

Year EndedApril 30,
20222021
US GAAP Income Before Taxes$209,661$175,912
Pretax Impact of Adjustments:
Restructuring and related (credits) charges(1,427)33,310
Foreign exchange losses (gains) on intercompany transactions1,513(1,457)
Amortization of acquired intangible assets89,34679,421
Gain on sale of certain assets(3,694)
Non-GAAP Adjusted Income Before Taxes$295,399$287,186

30

Index

Below is a reconciliation of our US GAAP Income Tax Provision to Non-GAAP Adjusted Income Tax Provision, including our US GAAP Effective Tax Rate and our Non-GAAP Adjusted Effective Tax Rate:

Year EndedApril 30,
20222021
US GAAP Income Tax Provision$61,352$27,656
Income Tax Impact of Adjustments (1):
Restructuring and related (credits) charges(260)8,065
Foreign exchange losses (gains) on intercompany transactions597(363)
Amortization of acquired intangible assets20,81618,511
Gain on sale of certain assets(922)
Income Tax Adjustments:
Impact of increase in UK statutory rate on deferred tax balances(2)(21,415)(3,511)
Impact of US CARES Act(3)13,998
Impact of change in certain US state tax rates in 2021(2)(3,225)
Non-GAAP Adjusted Income Tax Provision$60,168$61,131
US GAAP Effective Tax Rate29.3%15.7%
Non-GAAP Adjusted Effective Tax Rate20.4%21.3%
Column 1Column 2
(1)For the year ended April 30, 2022, substantially all of the tax impact was from deferred taxes. For the year ended April 30, 2021, except for the $8.4 million current tax impact from the US CARES Act noted below, substantially all of the tax impact was from deferred taxes.
Column 1Column 2
(2)These adjustments impacted deferred taxes in the years ended April 30, 2022 and 2021.
Column 1Column 2
(3)The tax impact was $8.4 million from current taxes and $5.6 million from deferred taxes in the year ended April 30, 2021.

The effective tax rate was 29.3% for the year ended April 30, 2022, compared to 15.7% for the year ended April 30, 2021. Our rate for the year ended April 30, 2022 was increased by $21.4 million from an increase in the UK statutory rate during our three months ended July 31, 2021. On June 10, 2021, the UK increased its statutory corporate tax rate from 19% to 25% effective April 2023, resulting in this nonrecurring, noncash US GAAP deferred tax expense. The 15.7% tax expense rate for the year ended April 30, 2021 benefitted by $14.0 million from the Coronavirus Aid Relief and Economic Security Act (the CARES Act) and certain regulations issued in late July 2020, which enabled us to carryback certain net operating losses (NOLs) to a year with a higher statutory tax rate.

Excluding the expense from the UK rate change, the Non-GAAP Adjusted Effective Tax Rate for the year ended April 30, 2022 was 20.4%. The Non-GAAP Adjusted Effective Tax Rate for the year ended April 30, 2021, excluding the impact of the UK statutory rate change, the CARES Act, and state tax expense from rate changes, was 21.3%. The Non-GAAP Adjusted Effective Tax Rate before these items decreased because the year ended April 30, 2021 included US state tax expenses from our expanded presence from COVID-19 and employees working in additional locations.

Diluted Earnings Per Share (EPS):

Diluted earnings per share for the year ended April 30, 2022 was $2.62 per share compared to $2.63 per share in the prior year. This decrease was due to a higher weighted average number of common shares outstanding in the year ended April 30, 2022 as net income was flat compared to the year ended April 30, 2021. Net income was flat as higher operating income and, to a lesser extent, lower foreign exchange losses and the gain on sale of certain assets were offset by higher provision for income taxes and, to a lesser extent, lower other income, net.

31

Index

Below is a reconciliation of our US GAAP EPS to Non-GAAP Adjusted EPS. The amount of the pretax and the related income tax impact for the adjustments included in the table below are presented in the section above, “Provision for Income Taxes.”

Year EndedApril 30,
20222021
US GAAP EPS$2.62$2.63
Adjustments:
Restructuring and related (credits) charges(0.02)0.44
Foreign exchange losses (gains) on intercompany transactions0.02(0.02)
Amortization of acquired intangible assets1.211.08
Gain on sale of certain assets(0.05)
Income tax adjustments0.38(0.13)
Non-GAAP Adjusted EPS$4.16$4.00

On a constant currency basis, Adjusted EPS increased 1% primarily due to a lower Non-GAAP Adjusted Effective Tax Rate, partially offset by lower Other income, net and, to a lesser extent, lower Adjusted OI.

SEGMENT OPERATING RESULTS:

Year EndedApril 30,% ChangeFavorableConstant Currency% ChangeFavorable
RESEARCH PUBLISHING & PLATFORMS:20222021(Unfavorable)(Unfavorable)
Revenue:
Research Publishing$1,057,022$972,5129%8%
Research Platforms54,32142,83727%27%
Total Research Publishing & Platforms Revenue1,111,3431,015,3499%9%
Cost of Sales300,373275,377(9)%(8)%
Operating Expenses468,012429,916(9)%(9)%
Amortization of Intangible Assets47,73137,033(29)%(28)%
Restructuring Charges (Credits) (see Note 7)238(36)##
Contribution to Profit294,989273,0598%9%
Restructuring Charges (Credits) (see Note 7)238(36)##
Adjusted Contribution to Profit295,227273,0238%9%
Depreciation and Amortization94,89983,866(13)%(13)%
Adjusted EBITDA$390,126$356,8899%10%
Adjusted EBITDA Margin35.1%35.1%

# Not meaningful

Revenue:

Research Publishing & Platforms revenue for the year ended April 30, 2022 increased $96.0 million, or 9%, as compared with the prior year on a reported and constant currency basis. Excluding revenue from acquisitions, organic revenue increased 5% on a constant currency basis. This increase was primarily due to an increase in publishing, corporate solutions and, to a lesser extent, an increase in Research Platforms. Research Publishing has continued growth due to Transformational Agreements (read and publish). Excluding the impact from acquisitions, Open Access article output growth was approximately 27% for the year ended April 30, 2022 as compared with the prior year.

Adjusted EBITDA:

On a constant currency basis, Adjusted EBITDA increased 10% as compared with the prior year. This increase was primarily due to higher revenue, partially offset by higher editorial costs due to additional resources to support investments in growth, which includes the impact of the acquisition of Hindawi and, to a lesser extent, higher cost of sales including the incremental impact of acquisitions, technology, and sales-related costs.

32

Index

Year EndedApril 30,% ChangeFavorableConstant Currency% Change Favorable
ACADEMIC & PROFESSIONAL LEARNING:20222021(Unfavorable)(Unfavorable)
Revenue:
Education Publishing(1)$349,992$361,194(3)%(4)%
Professional Learning296,831280,6676%6%
Total Academic & Professional Learning646,823641,8611%1%
Cost of Sales180,328174,950(3)%(3)%
Operating Expenses341,136358,0975%5%
Amortization of Intangible Assets13,44216,45118%18%
Restructuring (Credits) Charges (see Note 7)(455)3,503##
Contribution to Profit112,37288,86026%26%
Restructuring (Credits) Charges (see Note 7)(455)3,503##
Adjusted Contribution to Profit111,91792,36321%20%
Depreciation and Amortization69,56171,9973%3%
Adjusted EBITDA$181,478$164,36010%10%
Adjusted EBITDA Margin28.1%25.6%

# Not meaningful

Column 1Column 2
(1)In May 2021, we moved the WileyNXT product offering from Academic & Professional Learning – Education Publishing to Education Services – Talent Development Services. As a result, the prior period results related to the WileyNXT product offering have been included in Education Services – Talent Development Services. The Revenue, Adjusted Contribution to Profit, and Adjusted EBITDA for WileyNXT was $2.7 million, $(0.7) million, and $(0.7) million, respectively, for the year ended April 30, 2021. There were no changes to our total consolidated financial results.

Revenue:

Academic & Professional Learning revenue increased $5.0 million, or 1%, as compared with the prior year on a reported and constant currency basis. This increase was primarily driven by strong recovery in Professional Learning from prior year COVID-19 lockdown impacts primarily due to an increase in corporate training and, to a lesser extent, an increase in professional publishing compared with the prior year. This more than offset a 4% decline in Education Publishing due to lower US college enrollment and some easing of prior year COVID-19-related favorability for courseware and content and, to a lesser extent, test preparation.

Adjusted EBITDA:

On a constant currency basis, Adjusted EBITDA increased 10% as compared with the prior year. This increase was due to lower operating expenses and, to a lesser extent, higher revenues. This was partially offset by higher print product costs.

33

Index

Year EndedApril 30,% ChangeFavorableConstant Currency% ChangeFavorable
EDUCATION SERVICES:20222021(Unfavorable)(Unfavorable)
Revenue:
University Services(1)$226,131$227,700(1)%(1)%
Talent Development Services (2)(3)98,63156,59174%72%
Total Education Services Revenue324,762284,29114%14%
Cost of Sales219,957175,008(26)%(25)%
Operating Expenses77,85367,594(15)%(15)%
Amortization of Intangible Assets23,66321,201(12)%(11)%
Restructuring Charges (see Note 7)853198%98%
Contribution to Profit (Loss)3,28119,957(84)%(84)%
Restructuring Charges (see Note 7)853198%98%
Adjusted Contribution to Profit (Loss)3,28920,488(84)%(85)%
Depreciation and Amortization34,15729,654(15)%(15)%
Adjusted EBITDA$37,446$50,142(25)%(26)%
Adjusted EBITDA Margin11.5%17.6%

# Not meaningful

Column 1Column 2
(1)University Services was previously referred to as Education Services OPM.
Column 1Column 2
(2)Talent Development Services was previously referred to as mthree.
Column 1Column 2
(3)In May 2021, we moved the WileyNXT product offering from Academic & Professional Learning – Education Publishing to Education Services – Talent Development Services. As a result, the prior period results related to the WileyNXT product offering have been included in Education Services – Talent Development Services. The Revenue, Adjusted Contribution to Profit, and Adjusted EBITDA for WileyNXT was $2.7 million, $(0.7) million, and $(0.7) million, respectively, for the year ended April 30, 2021. There were no changes to our total consolidated financial results.

Revenue:

Education Services revenue increased $40.5 million, or 14%, as compared with the prior year on a reported and a constant currency basis. Excluding revenue from acquisitions, organic revenue increased 12% on a constant currency basis. This increase was primarily due to an increase in placements in Talent Development Services, partially offset by a decrease in student enrollments in University Services. For the year ended April 30, 2022, University Services experienced an 8% decrease in online enrollment. For the year ended April 30, 2022, we delivered approximately 112% growth in IT talent placements in Talent Development Services.

Adjusted EBITDA:

On a constant currency basis, Adjusted EBITDA decreased 26% as compared with the prior year. This was due to an increase in employee related costs due to increased investments to accelerate growth in Talent Development Services and, to a lesser extent, higher student acquisition costs in University Services and sales related costs, partially offset by higher revenue.

CORPORATE EXPENSES:

Corporate expenses for the year ended April 30, 2022 decreased $5.0 million, or 3%, as compared with the prior year. On a constant currency basis and excluding restructuring (credits) charges, these expenses increased 16% as compared with the prior year. This was primarily due to higher employee-related costs, marketing costs and, to a lesser extent, technology-related spending.

34

Index

FISCAL YEAR 2021 AS COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR 2020 SUMMARY RESULTS

Revenue:

Revenue for the year ended April 30, 2021 increased $110.0 million, or 6%, as compared with the prior year. This increase was mainly driven by the following factors:

Column 1Column 2
An increase in Research Publishing & Platforms, which included the contributions from Hindawi, which was acquired on December 31, 2020; and
Column 1Column 2
An increase in Education Services, due to the contributions from mthree, which was acquired in January 2020, and growth in online program management services.

These increases were partially offset by a decline in Academic & Professional Learning.

On a constant currency basis, revenue increased 4% as compared with the prior year. Excluding the inorganic impact of acquisitions, organic revenue on a constant currency basis increased 1%.

See the “Segment Operating Results” below for additional details on each segment’s revenue and Adjusted EBITDA performance.

Cost of Sales:

Cost of sales for the year ended April 30, 2021 increased $34.3 million, or 6%, as compared with the prior year. Gross margin was consistent with the prior year at approximately 32.2%. On a constant currency basis, cost of sales increased 4% as compared with the prior year. This increase was primarily due to the impact from the acquisition of mthree and, to a lesser extent, higher royalty costs. These factors were partially offset by lower marketing costs for our Education Services business.

Operating and Administrative Expenses:

Operating and administrative expenses for the year ended April 30, 2021 increased $25.3 million, or 3%, as compared with the prior year. On a constant currency basis, operating and administrative expenses increased 1% as compared with the prior year primarily reflecting the impact of the acquisitions of Hindawi and mthree, higher technology related costs and, to a lesser extent, higher annual incentive compensation. These factors were partially offset by lower facilities and occupancy-related costs due to the real estate actions taken as part of our Business Optimization Program as described below, employee benefit and retirement related expenses, and to a lesser extent, COVID-19-related expense savings and other business optimization gains.

Restructuring and Related Charges:

Business Optimization Program

For the years ended April 30, 2021 and 2020, we recorded pretax restructuring charges of $33.4 million and $32.8 million, respectively, related to this program.

In November 2020, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic and the Company’s successful transition to a virtual work environment, we increased use of virtual work arrangements for postpandemic operations. As a result, we expanded the scope of the Business Optimization Program to include the exit of certain leased office space beginning in the third quarter of fiscal 2021, and the reduction of our occupancy at other facilities. We are reducing our real estate square footage occupancy by approximately 12%. These actions resulted in a pretax restructuring charge of $18.3 million in the three months ended January 31, 2021.

In addition, we also incurred ongoing facility-related costs associated with certain properties that resulted in additional restructuring charges of $3.7 million in the year ended April 30, 2021.

We anticipated ongoing facility-related costs associated with certain properties to result in additional restructuring charges in future periods.

These charges are reflected in Restructuring and related (credits) charges in the Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss). See Note 7, “Restructuring and Related (Credits) Charges” for more details on these charges.

35

Index

Restructuring and Reinvestment Program

For the years ended April 30, 2021 and 2020, we recorded pretax restructuring credits of $0.1 million and $0.2 million, respectively, related to this program. These credits are reflected in Restructuring and related charges in the Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss).

For the impact of our restructuring programs on diluted earnings per share, see the section below, “Diluted Earnings per Share (EPS).”

Amortization of Intangible Assets:

Amortization of intangible assets was $74.7 million for the year ended April 30, 2021, an increase of $12.2 million, or 20%, as compared with the prior year. On a constant currency basis, amortization of intangible assets increased 18% as compared with the prior year primarily due to the intangibles acquired as part of the Hindawi and mthree acquisitions completed in fiscal year 2021 and 2020, respectively. See Note 4, “Acquisitions” for more details on our acquisitions.

Operating Income (Loss), Adjusted Operating Income (OI), and Adjusted EBITDA:

Operating income for the year ended April 30, 2021 was $185.5 million compared with the prior year operating loss of $54.3 million. The increase in operating income was primarily due to the prior year impairment of goodwill and intangibles assets of $202.3 million as described below and, to a lesser extent, an increase in revenue. This was partially offset by an increase in cost of sales and operating and administrative expenses and, to a lesser extent, an increase in amortization of intangible assets as described above.

Adjusted OI and Adjusted EBITDA on a constant currency basis and excluding restructuring charges and the impairment of goodwill and intangible assets increased 20% and 16% respectively, as compared with the prior year. The increase in Adjusted OI and Adjusted EBITDA was primarily due to revenue performance described above, partially offset by higher cost of sales and, to a lesser extent, an increase in operating and administrative expenses. In addition, the increase in Adjusted OI was partially offset by higher depreciation and amortization.

Adjusted OI

Below is a reconciliation of our consolidated US GAAP Operating Income (Loss) to Non-GAAP Adjusted OI:

Year EndedApril 30,
20212020
US GAAP Operating Income (Loss)$185,511$(54,287)
Adjustments:
Restructuring and related charges33,31032,607
Impairment of goodwill110,000
Impairment of Blackwell trade name89,507
Impairment of developed technology intangible2,841
Non-GAAP Adjusted OI$218,821$180,668

36

Index

Adjusted EBITDA

Below is a reconciliation of our consolidated US GAAP Net Income (Loss) to Non-GAAP EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA:

Year EndedApril 30,
20212020
Net Income (Loss)$148,256$(74,287)
Interest expense18,38324,959
Provision for income taxes27,65611,195
Depreciation and amortization200,189175,127
Non-GAAP EBITDA394,484136,994
Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets202,348
Restructuring and related charges33,31032,607
Foreign exchange transaction losses (gains)7,977(2,773)
Other income(16,761)(13,381)
Non-GAAP Adjusted EBITDA$419,010$355,795

Interest Expense:

Interest expense for the year ended April 30, 2021 was $18.4 million compared with the prior year of $25.0 million. This decrease was due to a lower weighted average effective borrowing rate, partially offset by higher average debt balances outstanding, which included borrowings for the funding of acquisitions in fiscal years 2021 and 2020.

Foreign Exchange Transaction (Losses) Gains:

Foreign exchange transaction losses were $8.0 million for the year ended April 30, 2021 and were due to the unfavorable impact of the changes in exchange rates on US dollar cash balances held in the UK to fund the acquisition of Hindawi, and the net impact of changes in average foreign exchange rates as compared to the US dollar on our third-party accounts receivable and payable balances.

Foreign exchange transaction gains were $2.8 million for the year ended April 30, 2020 and were primarily due to the net impact of changes in average foreign exchange rates as compared to the US dollar on our third-party accounts receivable and payable balances.

Provision for Income Taxes:

Below is a reconciliation of our US GAAP Income (Loss) Before Taxes to Non-GAAP Adjusted Income Before Taxes:

Year EndedApril 30,
20212020
US GAAP Income (Loss) Before Taxes$175,912$(63,092)
Pretax Impact of Adjustments:
Restructuring and related charges33,31032,607
Foreign exchange (gains) losses on intercompany transactions(1,457)1,256
Amortization of acquired intangible assets79,42168,269
Impairment of goodwill110,000
Impairment of Blackwell trade name89,507
Impairment of developed technology intangible2,841
Non-GAAP Adjusted Income Before Taxes$287,186$241,388

37

Index

Below is a reconciliation of our US GAAP Income Tax Provision to Non-GAAP Adjusted Income Tax Provision, including our US GAAP Effective Tax Rate and our Non-GAAP Adjusted Effective Tax Rate:

Year EndedApril 30,
20212020
US GAAP Income Tax Provision$27,656$11,195
Income Tax Impact of Adjustments(1):
Restructuring and related charges8,0657,949
Foreign exchange (gains) losses on intercompany transactions(363)242
Amortization of acquired intangible assets18,51116,820
Impairment of Blackwell trade name15,216
Impairment of developed technology intangible686
Income Tax Adjustments:
Impact of increase in UK statutory rate on deferred tax balances(2)(3,511)
Impact of US CARES Act(3)13,998
Impact of change in certain US state tax rates in 2021 and tax rates in France in 2020(2)(3,225)1,887
Non-GAAP Adjusted Income Tax Provision$61,131$53,995
US GAAP Effective Tax Rate15.7%(17.7)%
Non-GAAP Adjusted Effective Tax Rate21.3%22.4%
Column 1Column 2
(1)For the year ended April 30, 2021, except for the $8.4 million current tax impact from the US CARES Act noted below, substantially all of the tax impact was from deferred taxes. For the year ended April 30, 2020, the tax impact was $1.5 million from current taxes and $22.6 million from deferred taxes.
Column 1Column 2
(2)These adjustments impacted deferred taxes in the years ended April 30, 2021 and 2020.
Column 1Column 2
(3)The tax impact was $8.4 million from current taxes and $5.6 million from deferred taxes in the year ended April 30, 2021.

The effective tax rate was 15.7% for the year ended April 30, 2021, compared to a tax expense rate of 17.7% on a pretax loss for the year ended April 30, 2020. Our rate for the year ended April 30, 2021 benefitted by $14.0 million from the CARES Act and certain regulations issued in late July 2020, which enabled us to carryback certain US net operating losses (NOLs), to fiscal 2015, a year with a higher US statutory rate, reducing our tax for the year ended April 30, 2020. We received a $20.7 million refund plus interest in February 2021. This benefit was partially offset by (a) $3.5 million from an increase in the official UK statutory rate during our three months ended July 31, 2020 resulting in an increase in our UK deferred tax liabilities and (b) $3.2 million from a noncash deferred state tax expense due to increasing our deferred tax liabilities in connection with our expanded presence in additional states resulting from COVID-19. As a result of COVID-19, we adjusted our policies to permit employees to work from home, resulting in an increased presence in many locations.

The 17.7% tax expense rate on a pretax loss for the year ended April 30, 2020 was primarily due to the $110.0 million non-deductible impairment of goodwill. Excluding the benefit from the CARES Act and expense from the UK rate change, the change in our state tax expense from our expanded presence and a lower tax benefit from our restructuring charges, foreign exchange gains and the amortization of acquired intangible assets, the Non-GAAP Adjusted Effective Tax Rate for the year ended April 30, 2021 was 21.3%. The Non-GAAP Adjusted Effective Tax Rate for the year ended April 30, 2020, excluding the impact of the $110.0 million impairment of goodwill and other items included in the table above was 22.4%. The decrease in the Non-GAAP Adjusted Effective Tax Rate before these items was due to a more favorable mix of earnings for the year ended April 30, 2021.

38

Index

Diluted Earnings (Loss) Per Share (EPS):

Diluted earnings per share for the year ended April 30, 2021 was $2.63 per share compared with loss per share of $1.32 in the prior year. This increase was due to the higher operating income and, to a lesser extent, lower interest expense. These factors were partially offset by higher provision for income taxes and foreign exchange transaction losses for the year ended April 30, 2021 as compared to gains for the year ended April 30, 2020.

Below is a reconciliation of our US GAAP Earnings (Loss) Per Share to Non-GAAP Adjusted EPS. The amount of the pretax and the related income tax impact for the adjustments included in the table below are presented in the section above, “Provision for Income Taxes.”

Year EndedApril 30,
20212020
US GAAP EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE$2.63$(1.32)
Adjustments:
Restructuring and related charges0.440.43
Foreign exchange (gains) losses on intercompany transactions(0.02)0.02
Amortization of acquired intangible assets1.080.90
Income tax adjustments(0.13)(0.03)
Impairment of goodwill1.94
Impairment of Blackwell trade name1.31
Impairment of developed technology intangible0.04
EPS impact of using weighted-average dilutive shares for adjusted EPS calculation(1)0.01
Non-GAAP Adjusted EPS$4.00$3.30
Column 1Column 2
(1)Represents the impact of using diluted weighted-average number of common shares outstanding (56.7 million shares for the year ended April 30, 2020) included in the Non-GAAP Adjusted EPS calculation in order to apply the dilutive impact on adjusted net income due to the effect of unvested restricted stock units and other stock awards. This impact occurs when a US GAAP net loss is reported and the effect of using dilutive shares is antidilutive.

On a constant currency basis, Adjusted EPS increased 25% primarily due to an increase in Adjusted CTP and, to a lesser extent, a lower Non-GAAP Adjusted Effective Tax Rate and a decrease in interest expense. These factors were partially offset by foreign exchange transaction losses for the year ended April 30, 2021 as compared with gains for the year ended April 30, 2020.

39

Index

SEGMENT OPERATING RESULTS:

Year EndedApril 30,% ChangeFavorableConstant Currency% Change Favorable
RESEARCH PUBLISHING & PLATFORMS:20212020(Unfavorable)(Unfavorable)
Revenue:
Research Publishing$972,512$908,9527%5%
Research Platforms42,83739,8877%7%
Total Research Publishing & Platforms Revenue1,015,349948,8397%5%
Cost of Sales275,377255,696(8)%(5)%
Operating Expenses429,916398,514(8)%(6)%
Amortization of Intangible Assets37,03329,276(26)%(24)%
Impairment of Intangible Assets (see Note 11)92,348100%100%
Restructuring (Credits) Charges (see Note 7)(36)3,886##
Contribution to Profit273,059169,11961%60%
Impairment of Intangible Assets (see Note 11)92,348100%100%
Restructuring (Credits) Charges (see Note 7)(36)3,886##
Adjusted Contribution to Profit273,023265,3533%2%
Depreciation and Amortization83,86669,495(21)%(20)%
Adjusted EBITDA$356,889$334,8487%6%
Adjusted EBITDA Margin35.1%35.3%

# Not meaningful

Revenue:

Research Publishing & Platforms revenue for the year ended April 30, 2021 increased $66.5 million, or 7%, as compared with the prior year on a reported basis. On a constant currency basis, revenue increased 5% as compared with the prior year. Excluding revenue from acquisitions, organic revenue increased 3% on a constant currency basis. This increase was primarily due to continued growth in Open Access in Research Publishing due to continued growth in transformational “read and publish” agreements. In fiscal year 2021, we experienced a 15% increase in article output, which resulted in a 38% increase in Open Access revenue as compared to prior year. This was partially offset by a decline in subscriptions revenue partially attributable to those “read and publish” agreements and, to a lesser extent, previously anticipated libraries and academic budget challenges as a result of COVID-19.

Adjusted EBITDA:

On a constant currency basis, Adjusted EBITDA increased 6% as compared with the prior year. This increase was primarily due to higher revenue, and COVID-19-related expense savings. These factors were partially offset by higher royalty costs, higher annual incentive compensation and employee related costs, and to a lesser extent, the impact of the acquisition of Hindawi.

40

Index

Year EndedApril 30,% ChangeFavorableConstant Currency% Change Favorable
ACADEMIC & PROFESSIONAL LEARNING:20212020(Unfavorable)(Unfavorable)
Revenue:
Education Publishing(1)$361,194$351,5143%2%
Professional Learning280,667298,601(6)%(8)%
Total Academic & Professional Learning641,861650,115(1)%(3)%
Cost of Sales174,950178,7212%4%
Operating Expenses358,097369,2303%4%
Amortization of Intangible Assets16,45116,6491%3%
Restructuring Charges (see Note 7)3,50310,47067%67%
Contribution to Profit88,86075,04518%16%
Restructuring Charges (see Note 7)3,50310,47067%67%
Adjusted Contribution to Profit92,36385,5158%6%
Depreciation and Amortization71,99769,807(3)%(2)%
Adjusted EBITDA$164,360$155,3226%4%
Adjusted EBITDA Margin25.6%23.9%

# Not meaningful

Column 1Column 2
(1)In May 2021, we moved the WileyNXT product offering from Academic & Professional Learning – Education Publishing to Education Services – Talent Development Services. As a result, the prior period results related to the WileyNXT product offering have been included in Education Services – Talent Development Services. The Revenue, Adjusted Contribution to Profit, and Adjusted EBITDA for WileyNXT was $2.7 million, $(0.7) million, and $(0.7) million, respectively, for the year ended April 30, 2021, and $0.7 million, $(0.9) million, and $(0.9) million, respectively, for the year ended April 30, 2020. There were no changes to our total consolidated financial results.

Revenue:

Academic & Professional Learning revenue decreased $8.3 million, or 1%, as compared with the prior year on a reported basis. On a constant currency basis, revenue decreased 3% as compared with the prior year. This decrease was primarily due to the COVID-19 impact on Professional Learning revenue due to the continued adverse impact on classroom dependent corporate training due to the continued office closures and cancellations of in-person engagements, and the decline in trade print book publishing, partially offset by growth in digital content. In Education Publishing, growth in digital content and courseware offerings, which continued to benefit due to the COVID-19 driven shift to remote learning, were partially offset by declines in print textbooks and test preparation product offerings. In fiscal year 2021, digital content revenue increased 21% and digital courseware activations increased 23% as compared to prior year.

Adjusted EBITDA:

On a constant currency basis, Adjusted EBITDA increased 4% as compared with the prior year. This increase reflects business optimization gains and COVID-19-related expense savings, partially offset by lower revenues and, to a lesser extent, higher annual incentive compensation.

41

Index

Year EndedApril 30,% ChangeFavorableConstant Currency% Change Favorable
EDUCATION SERVICES:20212020(Unfavorable)(Unfavorable)
Revenue:
University Services(1)$227,700$210,8828%8%
Talent Development Services(2)(3)56,59121,647##
Total Education Services Revenue284,291232,52922%21%
Cost of Sales175,008156,607(12)%(11)%
Operating Expenses67,59464,124(5)%(5)%
Amortization of Intangible Assets21,20116,511(28)%(28)%
Impairment of Goodwill (see Note 11)110,000100%100%
Restructuring Charges (see Note 7)5313,67186%86%
Contribution to Profit (Loss)19,957(118,384)##
Impairment of Goodwill (see Note 11)110,000100%100%
Restructuring Charges (see Note 7)5313,67186%86%
Adjusted Contribution to Profit (Loss)20,488(4,713)##
Depreciation and Amortization29,65424,131(23)%(22)%
Adjusted EBITDA$50,142$19,418##
Adjusted EBITDA Margins17.6%8.4%

# Not meaningful

Column 1Column 2
(1)University Services was previously referred to as Education Services OPM.
Column 1Column 2
(2)Talent Development Services was previously referred to as mthree.
Column 1Column 2
(3)In May 2021, we moved the WileyNXT product offering from Academic & Professional Learning – Education Publishing to Education Services – Talent Development Services. As a result, the prior period results related to the WileyNXT product offering have been included in Education Services – Talent Development Services. The Revenue, Adjusted Contribution to Profit, and Adjusted EBITDA for WileyNXT was $2.7 million, $(0.7) million, and $(0.7) million, respectively, for the year ended April 30, 2021, and $0.7 million, $(0.9) million, and $(0.9) million, respectively, for the year ended April 30, 2020. There were no changes to our total consolidated financial results.

Revenue:

Education Services revenue increased $51.8 million, or 22%, as compared with the prior year on a reported basis. On a constant currency basis, revenue increased 21% as compared with the prior year. Excluding revenue from our mthree acquisition, organic revenue increased 7% on a constant currency basis, mainly driven by an increase in enrollments and new student starts and, to a lesser extent, new university partnerships and programs in our OPM services. In fiscal year 2021, we experienced a 14% increase in online enrollment and a 20% increase in new student starts as compared to prior year.

Adjusted EBITDA:

On a constant currency basis, Adjusted EBITDA increased $30.7 million as compared with the prior year. This was due to higher revenue, lower marketing costs, and business optimization initiatives, including lower occupancy-related costs due to certain actions taken as part of our Business Optimization Program. These factors were partially offset by the impact from the acquisition of mthree.

CORPORATE EXPENSES:

Corporate Expenses for the year ended April 30, 2021 increased $16.3 million, or 9%, as compared with the prior year. On a constant currency basis and excluding restructuring charges, these expenses increased 1% as compared with the prior year. This was primarily due to higher annual incentive compensation, partially offset by lower employee benefit and retirement related expenses and professional fees.

42

Index

FISCAL YEAR 2023 OUTLOOK

Column 1Column 2
Revenue: The Company anticipates mid-single digit revenue growth at constant currency driven by Research and Education Services.
Column 1Column 2
Earnings: Wiley expects gains from revenue growth to be offset by wage inflation and growth investments in Research and Corporate Talent Development. Adjusted EPS performance is expected to be adversely impacted by 35-cents of non-operational items such as higher interest expense, higher tax expense, and lower pension income. Wiley’s adjusted effective tax rate is expected to be 22-23% in fiscal year 2023, up from 20% in fiscal year 2022. This is primarily due to an anticipated less favorable mix of earnings by country and an increase in the UK statutory rate. Fiscal year 2022 also benefitted from certain non-recurring tax benefits.
Column 1Column 2
Free Cash Flow: Wiley expects positive cash earnings and lower incentive payouts for fiscal year 2022 performance compared to prior year to be offset by higher cash taxes, interest and capital expenditures (Fiscal year 2023 Outlook of $115 to $125 million compared to $116 million in fiscal year 2022).
Column 1Column 2
Foreign Exchange Impact: With Wiley generating 47% of its revenue from outside the US, the Company’s reported results are adversely impacted by a strengthening US dollar, particularly in relation to the euro and the British pound. Given volatility in exchange rates, there is now a material foreign currency impact to our fiscal year 2023 outlook relative to our outlook at constant currency.

(amounts in millions, except Adjusted EPS)

MetricFiscal Year 2022 Actual (1)Fiscal Year 2023 Outlook (1)At constant currencyFX Impact (2)Fiscal Year 2023 Outlook (3)At spot rates
Revenue$2,083$2,175 to $2,215$(75)$2,100 to $2,140
Adjusted EBITDA$433$425 to $450$(25)$400 to $425
Adjusted EPS$4.16$3.70 to $4.05$(0.30)$3.40 to $3.75
Free Cash Flow$223$210 to $235$(25)$185 to $210
Column 1Column 2
(1)Based on fiscal year 2022 average rates of 1.15 euro and 1.36 British pound.
Column 1Column 2
(2)Variance between fiscal year 2022 average rates and spot rates as of June 10, 2022: 1.06 euro and 1.24 British pound.
Column 1Column 2
(3)Fiscal year 2023 outlook at spot rates as of June 10, 2022.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES:

Principal Sources of Liquidity

We believe that our operating cash flow, together with our revolving credit facilities and other available debt financing, will be adequate to meet our operating, investing, and financing needs in the foreseeable future. There can be no assurance that continued or increased volatility in the global capital and credit markets will not impair our ability to access these markets on terms commercially acceptable in the future. We do not have any off-balance-sheet debt. We will continue to pursue attractive opportunities to add scale and provide enhanced technology-enabled services in research and online education.

As of April 30, 2022, we had cash and cash equivalents of $100.4 million, of which approximately $93.2 million, or 93%, was located outside the US. Maintenance of these cash and cash equivalent balances outside the US does not have a material impact on the liquidity or capital resources of our operations. Notwithstanding the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the Tax Act), which generally eliminated federal income tax on future cash repatriation to the US, cash repatriation may be subject to state and local taxes or withholding or similar taxes. In addition, as a result of Brexit, certain tax benefits applicable to distributions from subsidiaries of our UK companies were eliminated or reduced effective January 1, 2021. Since April 30, 2018, we no longer intend to permanently reinvest earnings outside the US. We have a $2.7 million liability related to the estimated taxes that would be incurred upon repatriating certain non-US earnings.

43

Index

On May 30, 2019, we entered into a credit agreement that amended and restated our existing revolving credit agreement, which was then amended on December 22, 2021 (collectively, the Amended and Restated RCA). See Note 14, “Debt and Available Credit Facilities” for more details on the amendment. The Amended and Restated RCA provides for senior unsecured credit facilities comprised of a (i) five-year revolving credit facility in an aggregate principal amount up to $1.25 billion, and (ii) a five-year term loan A facility consisting of $250 million. The agreement contains customary affirmative and negative covenants, including a financial covenant in the form of a consolidated net leverage ratio and consolidated interest coverage ratio.

As of April 30, 2022, we had approximately $787.0 million of debt outstanding, net of unamortized issuance costs of $0.3 million, and approximately $0.7 billion of unused borrowing capacity under our Amended and Restated RCA and other facilities. Our Amended and Restated RCA contains certain restrictive covenants related to our consolidated leverage ratio and interest coverage ratio, which we were in compliance with as of April 30, 2022.

Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments

A summary of contractual obligations and commercial commitments, excluding unrecognized tax benefits further described in Note 13, “Income Taxes,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, as of April 30, 2022 is as follows:

Payments Due by Period
TotalWithinYear 12–3Years4–5YearsAfter 5Years
Total debt(1)$787.4$18.8$768.6$$
Interest on debt(2)28.415.313.1
Non-cancellable leases197.028.151.040.477.5
Minimum royalty obligations444.1108.6163.3102.170.1
Other operating commitments68.041.426.40.2
Total$1,524.9$212.2$1,022.4$142.7$147.6
Column 1Column 2Column 3
(1)Total debt is exclusive of unamortized issuance costs of $0.3 million.
Column 1Column 2Column 3
(2)Interest on Debt includes the effect of our interest rate swap agreements and the estimated future interest payments on our unhedged variable rate debt, assuming that the interest rates as of April 30, 2022 remain constant until the maturity of the debt.

Analysis of Historical Cash Flow

The following table shows the changes in our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows:

Years Ended April 30,
202220212020
Net cash provided by operating activities$339,100$359,923$288,435
Net cash used in investing activities(194,024)(433,154)(346,670)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities(131,638)(47,086)172,677
Effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash$(7,070)$11,629$(4,943)

Cash flow from operations is seasonally a use of cash in the first half of Wiley’s fiscal year principally due to the timing of collections for annual journal subscriptions, which typically occurs in the beginning of the second half of our fiscal year.

Free cash flow less product development spending helps assess our ability, over the long term, to create value for our shareholders, as it represents cash available to repay debt, pay common dividends, and fund share repurchases, and acquisitions. Below are the details of Free cash flow less product development spending.

Free Cash Flow Less Product Development Spending:

Years Ended April 30,
202220212020
Net cash provided by operating activities$339,100$359,923$288,435
Less: Additions to technology, property and equipment(88,843)(77,407)(88,593)
Less: Product development spending(27,015)(25,954)(26,608)
Free cash flow less product development spending$223,242$256,562$173,234

44

Index

Net Cash Provided By Operating Activities

2022 compared to 2021

The following is a summary of the $20.8 million change in Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended April 30, 2022 as compared with the year ended April 30, 2021 (amounts in millions).

Net cash provided by operating activities – Year ended April 30, 2021$359.9
Net income adjusted for items to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities, which would include such noncash items as depreciation and amortization and the change in deferred taxes(16.3)
Working capital changes:
Accounts payable and accrued royalties47.5
Accounts receivable, net and contract liabilities(23.3)
Changes in other assets and liabilities(28.7)
Net cash provided by operating activities – Year ended April 30, 2022$339.1

The favorable change in accounts payable and accrued royalties was due to the timing of payments.

The unfavorable change in accounts receivable, net and contract liabilities was primarily the result of sales growth, as well as the timing of billings and collections with customers.

The unfavorable changes in other assets and liabilities noted in the table above was primarily due to an increase in employee-related costs, including payments due to higher annual incentive compensation payments in fiscal year 2022, partially offset by a favorable change in income taxes, and a decrease in restructuring payments.

Our negative working capital (current assets less current liabilities) was $418.6 million and $462.7 million as of April 30, 2022 and April 30, 2021, respectively. The primary driver of the negative working capital is the benefit realized from unearned contract liabilities related to subscriptions for which cash has been collected in advance. The contract liabilities will be recognized as income when the products are shipped or made available online to the customers over the term of the subscription. Current liabilities as of April 30, 2022 and as of April 30, 2021 include contract liabilities of $538.1 million and $545.4 million, respectively, primarily related to deferred subscription revenue for which cash was collected in advance.

Cash collected in advance for subscriptions is used by us for a number of purposes, including funding operations, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt repayments, dividend payments, and share repurchases.

2021 compared to 2020

The following is a summary of the $71.5 million change in Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended April 30, 2021 as compared with the year ended April 30, 2020 (amounts in millions).

Net cash provided by operating activities – Year ended April 30, 2020$288.4
Higher net income adjusted for items to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities, which would include such noncash items as depreciation and amortization, impairment of goodwill and intangible assets in 2020, and the change in deferred taxes88.9
Working capital changes:
Accounts payable and accrued royalties(45.7)
Other accrued liabilities49.4
Inventories10.6
Accounts receivable, net and contract liabilities10.0
Changes in other assets and liabilities(41.7)
Net cash provided by operating activities –Year ended April 30, 2021$359.9

The changes in accounts payable and accrued royalties and accounts receivable, net of contract liabilities, were primarily due to timing. Change in inventories was primarily due to lower purchases and the lower cost of inventory. The change in other accrued liabilities noted in the table above was primarily due to an increase in annual incentive compensation and, to a lesser extent, an increase in employee-related costs, including the deferral of employer tax withholding payments in connection with the CARES Act in the year ended April 30, 2021.

45

Index

The change in other assets and liabilities noted in the table above was primarily due to an increase in cash used for prepayments, employee benefit and retirement-related costs, including retirement plan contributions, certain tax-related payments, and restructuring payments in the year ended April 30, 2021.

Our negative working capital (current assets less current liabilities) was $462.7 million and $312.3 million as of April 30, 2021 and April 30, 2020, respectively. The primary driver of the negative working capital is the benefit realized from unearned contract liabilities related to subscriptions for which cash has been collected in advance. The contract liabilities will be recognized as income when the products are shipped or made available online to the customers over the term of the subscription. Current liabilities as of April 30, 2021 and as of April 30, 2020 include contract liabilities of $545.4 million and $520.2 million, respectively, primarily related to deferred subscription revenue for which cash was collected in advance.

Cash collected in advance for subscriptions is used by us for a number of purposes, including funding operations, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt repayments, dividend payments, and share repurchases. Due to the adverse impact of COVID-19 on the global economy during this period, we estimated that approximately $30 million of customer payments were delayed into fiscal year 2021. Our accounts receivable collections were in line with our expectations. Although, in certain situations, the timing of collections may be extended, we did not experience any material issues with customer collections. Many of our customers had been adversely impacted by COVID-19, and we expected some continued delays in payments due to widespread disruption and pervasive cash conservation behaviors in the face of uncertainty. We recorded provisions for bad debt where appropriate.

Net Cash Used In Investing Activities

2022 Compared to 2021

Net cash used in investing activities in the year ended April 30, 2022 was $194.0 million compared to $433.2 million in the prior year. The decrease in cash used in investing activities was due to a decrease of $224.2 million in cash used to acquire businesses. See Note 4, “Acquisitions” for more information related to the acquisitions that occurred in the years ended April 30, 2022 and 2021. Additionally, cash outflows for the acquisitions of publication rights and other activities decreased $24.0 million.  This was partially offset by an increase of $11.4 million for additions of technology, property, and equipment.

2021 Compared to 2020

Net cash used in investing activities in the year ended April 30, 2021 was $433.2 million compared to $346.7 million in the prior year. The increase in cash used in investing activities was due to an increase of $70.3 million in cash used to acquire businesses and, to a lesser extent, an increase of $28.0 million for the acquisition of publication rights and other activities. This was partially offset by a decrease of $11.2 million for additions of technology, property, and equipment. See Note 4, “Acquisitions,” for further details of the acquisition activity in fiscal year 2021 and 2020.

Net Cash Used In Financing Activities

2022 Compared to 2021

Net cash used in financing activities was $131.6 million in the year ended April 30, 2022 compared to net cash used of $47.1 million in the year ended April 30, 2021. This change was primarily due to net debt repayments of $11.0 million in the year ended April 30, 2022 compared with net debt borrowings of $30.7 million in the year ended April 30, 2021 and, to a lesser extent, a $24.7 million change from book overdrafts, and a $14.2 million increase in cash used for purchases of treasury shares.

2021 Compared to 2020

Net cash used in financing activities was $47.1 million in the year ended April 30, 2021 compared to net cash provided by financing activities of $172.7 million in the year ended April 30, 2020. This change was due to lower net borrowings of $273.1 million, which was primarily due to lower borrowings in the year ended April 30, 2021 and, to a lesser extent, a reduction of $30.8 million for the purchase of treasury shares and an increase in cash provided by book overdrafts of $18.4 million compared to the prior year.

Dividends and Share Repurchases

In the year ended April 30, 2022, we increased our quarterly dividend to shareholders to $1.38 per share annualized versus $1.37 per share annualized in the prior year.

46

Index

In the year ended April 30, 2021, we increased our quarterly dividend to shareholders to $1.37 per share annualized versus $1.36 per share annualized in the prior year.

During the year ended April 30, 2020, our Board of Directors approved an additional share repurchase program of $200 million of Class A or B Common Stock. As of April 30, 2022, we had authorization from our Board of Directors to purchase up to $197.5 million that was remaining under this program. During the year ended April 30, 2022, we purchased $2.5 million under this program.  No share repurchases were made under this program during the years ended April 30, 2021 and 2020.

The share repurchase program described above is in addition to the share repurchase program approved by our Board of Directors during the year ended April 30, 2017 of four million shares of Class A or B Common Stock. As of April 30, 2022, no additional shares were remaining under this program for purchase.

The following table summarizes the shares repurchased of Class A and B Common Stock (shares in thousands):

Years Ended April 30,
202220212020
Shares repurchased – Class A5423081,080
Shares repurchased – Class B222
Average Price – Class A and Class B$55.14$50.93$43.05

RECENTLY ISSUED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING STANDARDS, ACCOUNTING GUIDANCE, AND DISCLOSURE REQUIREMENTS

We are subject to numerous recently issued statements of financial accounting standards, accounting guidance, and disclosure requirements. The information set forth in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” in Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Recently Issued and Recently Adopted Accounting Standards,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is incorporated by reference and describes these new accounting standards.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES:

The preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements and related disclosures in conformity with US GAAP requires our management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements, and revenue and expenses during the reporting period. These estimates include, among other items, sales return reserves, allocation of acquisition purchase price to assets acquired and liabilities assumed, goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, intangible assets with definite lives and other long-lived assets, and retirement plans. We review these estimates and assumptions periodically using historical experience and other factors and reflect the effects of any revisions on the Consolidated Financial Statements in the period we determine any revisions to be necessary. Actual results could differ from those estimates, which could affect the reported results. In Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” in Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Recently Issued and Recently Adopted Accounting Standards” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements includes a summary of the significant accounting policies and methods used in preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements. Set forth below is a discussion of our more critical accounting policies and methods.

Revenue Recognition:

In Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” see Note 3, “Revenue Recognition, Contracts with Customers,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details of our revenue recognition policy.

Sales Return Reserves:

In Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” see Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Recently Issued, and Recently Adopted Accounting Standards” in the section “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details of our sales return reserves.

A one percent change in the estimated sales return rate could affect net income by approximately $1.7 million. A change in the pattern or trends in returns could also affect the estimated allowance.

47

Index

Allocation of Acquisition Purchase Price to Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed:

In connection with acquisitions, we allocate the cost of the acquisition to the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed based on the estimates of fair value for such items, including intangible assets. The excess of the purchase consideration over the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recorded as goodwill. The determination of the acquisition date fair value of the assets acquired, and liabilities assumed, requires us to make significant estimates and assumptions, such as, if applicable, forecasted revenue growth rates and operating cash flows, royalty rates, customer attrition rates, obsolescence rates of developed technology, and discount rates. We may use a third-party valuation consultant to assist in the determination of such estimates.

In Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” see Note 4, “Acquisitions,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details of our acquisitions.

Goodwill and Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets:

Goodwill is reviewed for possible impairment at least annually on a reporting unit level during the fourth quarter of each year. Our annual impairment assessment date is February 1. A review of goodwill may be initiated before or after conducting the annual analysis if events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of goodwill may no longer be recoverable.

A reporting unit is the operating segment unless, at businesses one level below that operating segment– the “component” level, discrete financial information is prepared and regularly reviewed by management, and the component has economic characteristics that are different from the economic characteristics of the other components of the operating segment, in which case the component is the reporting unit.

As part of the annual impairment test, we may elect to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. In a qualitative assessment, we would consider the macroeconomic conditions, including any deterioration of general conditions and industry and market conditions, including any deterioration in the environment where the reporting unit operates, increased competition, changes in the products/services and regulatory and political developments, cost of doing business, overall financial performance, including any declining cash flows and performance in relation to planned revenues and earnings in past periods, other relevant reporting unit specific facts, such as changes in management or key personnel or pending litigation, and events affecting the reporting unit, including changes in the carrying value of net assets.

If the results of our qualitative assessment indicate it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, we are required to perform a quantitative assessment to determine the fair value of the reporting unit.

Alternatively, if an optional qualitative goodwill impairment assessment is not performed, we may perform a quantitative assessment. Under the quantitative assessment, we compare the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value, including the goodwill allocated to the reporting unit. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeded its carrying value, there would be no indication of impairment. If the fair value of the reporting unit were less than the carrying value, an impairment charge would be recognized for the difference.

We derive an estimate of fair values for each of our reporting units using a combination of an income approach and a market approach, each based on an applicable weighting. We assess the applicable weighting based on such factors as current market conditions and the quality and reliability of the data. Absent an indication of fair value from a potential buyer or similar specific transactions, we believe that the use of these methods provides a reasonable estimate of a reporting unit’s fair value.

Fair value computed by these methods is arrived at using a number of key assumptions including forecasted revenues and related growth rates, forecasted operating cash flows, the discount rate, and the selection of relevant market multiples of comparable publicly-traded companies with similar characteristics to the reporting unit. There are inherent uncertainties, however, related to these factors and to our judgment in applying them to this analysis. We believe that the combination of these methods provides a reasonable approach to estimate the fair value of our reporting units. Assumptions for sales, net earnings, and cash flows for each reporting unit were consistent among these methods.

Fiscal Year 2022 and 2021 Annual Goodwill Impairment Test

As of February 1, 2022 and 2021, we completed our annual goodwill impairment test for our reporting units. We concluded that the fair values of our reporting units were above their carrying values and, therefore, there was no indication of impairment.

48

Index

Income Approach Used to Determine Fair Values

The income approach is based upon the present value of expected cash flows. Expected cash flows are converted to present value using factors that consider the timing and risk of the future cash flows. The estimate of cash flows used is prepared on an unleveraged debt-free basis. We use a discount rate that reflects a market-derived weighted average cost of capital. We believe that this approach is appropriate because it provides a fair value estimate based upon the reporting unit’s expected long-term operating and cash flow performance. The projections are based upon our best estimates of forecasted economic and market conditions over the related period including growth rates, expected changes in forecasted operating cash flows, and cash expenditures. Other estimates and assumptions include terminal value long-term growth rates, provisions for income taxes, future capital expenditures, and changes in future cashless, debt-free working capital.

Changes in any of these assumptions could materially impact the estimated fair value of our reporting units. Our forecasts take into account the near and long-term expected business performance, considering the long-term market conditions and business trends within the reporting units. For example, each reporting unit includes an assumption regarding any continued impact of COVID-19 from both a current and long-term perspective. However, changes in this assumption may impact our ability to recover the allocated goodwill in the future. For further discussion of the factors that could result in a change in our assumptions, see “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Market Approach Used to Determine Fair Values

The market approach estimates the fair value of the reporting unit by applying multiples of operating performance measures to the reporting unit’s operating performance (the Guideline Public Company Method). These multiples are derived from comparable publicly-traded companies with similar investment characteristics to the reporting unit, and such comparable data are reviewed and updated as needed annually. We believe that this approach is appropriate because it provides a fair value estimate using multiples from entities with operations and economic characteristics comparable to our reporting units and Wiley.

The key estimates and assumptions that are used to determine fair value under this market approach include current and forward 12-month revenue and EBITDA results, as applicable, and the selection of the relevant multiples to be applied. Under the Guideline Public Company Method, a control premium, or an amount that a buyer is usually willing to pay over the current market price of a publicly traded company is considered, and applied to the calculated equity values to adjust the public trading value upward for a 100% ownership interest, where applicable.

In order to assess the reasonableness of the calculated fair values of our reporting units, we also compare the sum of the reporting units’ fair values to our market capitalization and calculate an implied control premium (the excess of the sum of the reporting units’ fair values over the market capitalization). We evaluate the control premium by comparing it to control premiums of recent comparable market transactions. If the implied control premium is not reasonable in light of these recent transactions, we will reevaluate our fair value estimates of the reporting units by adjusting the discount rates and/or other assumptions.

If our assumptions and related estimates change in the future, or if we change our reporting unit structure or other events and circumstances change (such as a sustained decrease in the price of our common stock, a decline in current market multiples, a significant adverse change in legal factors or business climates, an adverse action or assessment by a regulator, heightened competition, strategic decisions made in response to economic or competitive conditions, or a more-likely-than-not expectation that a reporting unit or a significant portion of a reporting unit will be sold or disposed of), we may be required to record impairment charges in future periods. Any impairment charges that we may take in the future could be material to our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.

Fiscal Year 2020 Annual Goodwill Impairment Test

As of February 1, 2020, we completed our annual goodwill impairment test for our reporting units. We concluded that the fair values of our Research Publishing & Platforms and Academic & Professional Learning reporting units were above their carrying values and, therefore, there was no indication of impairment.

49

Index

During our annual goodwill impairment test initiated on February 1, 2020, we identified indicators that the goodwill of the Education Services business was impaired due to underperformance, as compared with our acquisition case projections for revenue growth and operating cash flow. Subsequently, during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2020, we determined that our updated revenue and operating cash flow projections would be further impacted by anticipated near-term headwinds due to COVID-19, including adverse impacts on new student starts and student reenrollment. Therefore, we updated the impairment test as of March 31, 2020 to reflect this change in circumstances. As a result, we concluded that the carrying value was above the fair value, resulting in a noncash goodwill impairment of $110.0 million. This charge is reflected in Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets in the Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss).

The material assumptions underlying the estimate of the fair value of the Education Services reporting unit included the following:

Column 1Column 2
Future cash flow assumptions – the projections for future cash flows utilized in the model were derived from historical experience and assumptions regarding future growth and profitability of the reporting unit. These projections are consistent with our operating budget and strategic plan. We applied a compounded annual growth rate of approximately 6.8% for forecasted sales in our projected cash flows through fiscal year 2028. Beyond the forecasted period, a terminal value was determined using a perpetuity growth rate of 3.0% to reflect our estimate of stable and perpetual growth.
Column 1Column 2
Weighted average cost of capital (WACC) – the WACC is the rate used to discount the reporting unit’s estimated future cash flows. The WACC is calculated based on a proportionate weighting of the cost of debt and equity. The cost of equity is based on a capital asset pricing model and includes a company-specific risk premium to capture the perceived risks and uncertainties associated with the reporting unit’s projected cash flows. The cost of debt component is calculated based on the after-tax cost of debt of Moody’s Baa-rated corporate bonds. The cost of debt and equity is weighted based on the debt to market capitalization ratio of publicly traded companies with similarities to the Education Services reporting unit. The WACC applied to the Education Services reporting unit was 11.0%.
Column 1Column 2
Valuation Multiples – for the Guideline Public Company Method, we applied relevant current and forward 12-month revenue multiples based on an evaluation of multiples of publicly-traded companies with similarities to the Education Services reporting unit. The multiples applied ranged from 1.3 to 1.4x revenue.
Column 1Column 2
Equal weighting was applied to the income and market approach when determining the overall fair value calculation for the Education Services reporting unit.

The following hypothetical changes in the valuation of the Education Services reporting unit would have impacted the goodwill impairment as follows:

Column 1Column 2
A hypothetical 1% increase to revenue growth and EBITDA margins would have reduced the impairment charge by approximately $16.0 million.
Column 1Column 2
A hypothetical 1% decrease to revenue growth and EBITDA margins would have increased the impairment charge by approximately $19.0 million.
Column 1Column 2
A hypothetical change to the weightings by applying a weighting of 25% to the income approach and 75% to the market approach would have increased the impairment charge by approximately $2.0 million.

Prior to performing the goodwill impairment test for Education Services, we also evaluated the recoverability of long-lived assets of the reporting unit. The carrying value of the long-lived assets that were tested for impairment was $434.0 million. When indicators of impairment are present, we test definite lived and long-lived assets for recoverability by comparing the carrying value of an asset group to an estimate of the future undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset group. We considered the lower-than-expected revenue and operating cash flows over a sustained period of time and downward revisions to our cash flow forecasts for this reporting unit to be indicators of impairment for their long-lived assets. Based on the results of the recoverability test, we determined that the undiscounted cash flows of the asset group of the Education Services reporting unit exceeded the carrying value. Therefore, there was no impairment.

Fiscal Year 2022 and 2021 Annual Indefinite-lived Intangible Impairment Test

We also review our indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually, which consists of brands and trademarks and certain acquired publishing rights. As of February 1, 2022 and 2021, we completed our annual impairment test related to the indefinite-lived intangible assets. We concluded that the fair values of these indefinite-lived intangible assets were above their carrying values and, therefore, there was no indication of impairment.

We estimate the fair value of these assets using a relief from royalty method under an income approach. The key assumptions for this method are revenue projections, a royalty rate as determined by management in consultation with valuation experts, and a discount rate.

50

Index

Fiscal Year 2020 Annual Indefinite-lived Intangible Impairment Test

We recorded a pretax noncash impairment charge of $89.5 million for our Blackwell trademark, which was acquired in 2007 and carried as an indefinite-lived intangible asset primarily related to our Research Publishing & Platforms segment. The impairment reflected our decision to simplify Wiley’s brand portfolio and unify our research journal content under one Wiley brand, which sharply limited the use of the Blackwell trade name. This impairment resulted in writing off substantially all of the carrying value of the intangible trademark asset. This charge is reflected in Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets in the Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss). The resulting noncash impairment charge is entirely unrelated to COVID-19 or the expected future financial performance of the Research Publishing & Platforms segment.

See Note 11, “Goodwill and Intangible Assets,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details of our goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible balances, and the review performed in the year ended April 30, 2022 and other related information.

Intangible Assets with Definite Lives and Other Long-Lived Assets:

See Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Recently Issued, and Recently Adopted Accounting Standards,” in the section “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for details of definite lived intangible assets and other long-lived assets.

Retirement Plans:

We provide defined benefit pension plans for certain employees worldwide. Our Board of Directors approved amendments to the US, Canada, and UK defined benefit plans that froze the future accumulation of benefits effective June 30, 2013, December 31, 2015, and April 30, 2015, respectively. Under the amendments, no new employees will be permitted to enter these plans and no additional benefits for current participants for future services will be accrued after the effective dates of the amendments.

The accounting for benefit plans is highly dependent on assumptions concerning the outcome of future events and circumstances, including discount rates, long-term return rates on pension plan assets, healthcare cost trends, compensation increases, and other factors. In determining such assumptions, we consult with outside actuaries and other advisors.

The discount rates for the US, Canada, and UK pension plans are based on the derivation of a single-equivalent discount rate using a standard spot rate curve and the timing of expected benefit payments as of the balance sheet date. The spot rate curves are based upon portfolios of corporate bonds rated at Aa or above by a respected rating agency. The discount rate for Germany is based on the expected benefit payments for the sample mixed population plan. The expected long-term rates of return on pension plan assets are estimated using forecasted returns for equities and bonds applied to each plan’s target asset allocation. The expected long-term rates are then compared to the historic investment performance of the plan assets and established by asset class, including an anticipated inflation rate. The expected long-term rates are then compared to the historic investment performance of the plan assets as well as future expectations, and estimated through consultation with investment advisors and actuaries. Salary growth and healthcare cost trend assumptions are based on our historical experience and future outlook. While we believe that the assumptions used in these calculations are reasonable, differences in actual experience or changes in assumptions could materially affect the expense and liabilities related to our defined benefit pension plans. A hypothetical one percent increase in the discount rate would increase net income and decrease the accrued pension liability by approximately $0.9 million and $111.0 million, respectively. A one percent decrease in the discount rate would increase net income and increase the accrued pension liability by approximately $0.4 million and $133.8 million, respectively. A one percent change in the expected long-term rate of return would affect net income by approximately $5.9 million.

51

Index